Перевод: со всех языков на все языки

со всех языков на все языки

come under command

Толкование Перевод

1 come under command

1) Военный термин: подчиняться

2) Макаров: перейти под командование

Универсальный англо-русский словарь > come under command
2 come under command

перейти под командование [в подчинение]

English-Russian military dictionary > come under command
3 come under the command

Военный термин: поступить в подчинение

Универсальный англо-русский словарь > come under the command
4 command

командование (организационная единица, лица руководящего состава), управление; соединение; объединение; группа войск; военный округ; команда, приказание; превосходство; контроль; топ. превышение; командовать; управлять; подавать команды

Data Services (and Administrative) Systems command — командование [управление] статистических (и административно-управленческих) информационных систем

major command, NATO forces — верховное [стратегическое] командование ОВС НАТО

UN command,Rear — командование тыла сил ООН

US Army Forces, Readiness command — СВ командования войск готовности ВС США

— AA artillery command

— abort command

— activation command

— advanced logistical base command

— advanced logistical command

— Aerospace Defense command

— aerospace rescue and recovery command

— air command

— air defense command

— air defense missile command

— Air Force Air Defense command

— Air Force Communications command

— Air Force Electronic Security command

— Air Force Logistics command

— Air Force Weapon Systems Development command

— Air Space Defense command

— Air Training command

— Air Transport command

— air transportable missile command

— airborne command

— air-force command

— Alaskan Air command

— Allied Air Forces command

— Allied command Atlantic

— Allied command

— Allied Forces command

— Allied Joint Submarine Forces and Maritime Patrol Aviation command

— Allied Land Forces command

— Allied Maritime Air Forces Channel command

— Allied Maritime Air Forces command

— Allied Naval command

— Allied Submarine Forces command

— Allied Tactical Air command

— amphibious command

— Antarctic Naval command

— Antisubmarine Defense Forces command

— area command

— area logistics command

— area support command

— arming command

— Armored command

— Army Air Defense command

— Army Armament Materiel Readiness command

— Army Armament R&D command

— Army Aviation Materiel command

— Army Aviation R&D command

— Army Aviations Systems command

— Army Combat Developments command

— Army Combat Developments Experimentation command

— Army command

— Army Communications and Electronics Materiel Readiness command

— Army Communications command

— Army Communications R&D command

— Army Component command

— Army Computer Systems command

— Army Criminal Investigation command

— Army Depot System command

— Army Development and Readiness command

— Army Electronics command

— Army Electronics R&D command

— Army field command

— Army Health Services command

— Army Intelligence and Security command

— Army Intelligence command

— Army International Logistics command

— Army Materiel command

— Army Military Traffic Management command

— Army Missile command

— Army Missile Defense command

— Army Missile Materiel Readiness command

— Army Missile R&D command

— Army Mobility Equipment R&D command

— Army Munitions command

— Army Ordnance Missile command

— Army Recruiting command

— Army Reserve command

— Army Service command

— Army Special Operations command

— Army Strategic Communications command command

— Army Support command

— Army Surveillance and Target Acquisition Training command

— Army Tank-Automotive R&D command

— Army Tank-Automotive Readiness command

— Army Test and Evaluation command

— Army Topographic command

— Army Training and Doctrine Development command

— Army Troop Support and Aviation Materiel Readiness command

— artillery command

— Artillery Support command

— assault command

— assume command

— at my command

— Atlantic command

— Automatic Data Field Systems command

— Aviation Depot Maintenance command

— base command

— base logistical command

— battle command

— binational command

— BM Defense Systems command

— bomber command

— British Logistics Support command

— burst command

— Canal Zone command

— Central command

— check command

— Civil Affairs command

— combat air command

— combat developments command

— combined command

— come under command

— command for operations

— command for tactical employment

— command for training

— Communications and Electronics R&D command

— communications command

— Communications Security command

— Computer Systems command

— Continental Air command

— Continental Signal command

— control command

— corps major medical command

— corps support command

— counter command

— cutoff command

— defense command

— Development command

— dismiss from command

— disrupt commands

— division support command

— domestic command

— drill command

— drop from command

— Eastern command

— educational command

— Electronics Systems command

— emergency command

— engineer amphibious support command

— engineer command

— engineer construction command

— European command

— execution command

— exercise area command

— Experimental Forces command

— field army support command

— field command

— fighter command

— fire command

— fire-out command

— firing command

— Fleet command

— Fleet type command

— force command

— Forces command

— full command

— functional command

— gaining command

— garrison command

— geographical command

— ground force command

— guerrilla command

— guidance command

— Gulf Terminal command

— harbor defense command

— heading command

— heavy missile command

— high command

— higher command

— highest command

— Home Air command

— Home command

— HQ command

— in command of

— independent command

— initiate a command

— inshore warfare command

— integrated military command

— intelligence command

— interallied command

— Interior Forces command

— international HQ support command

— island command

— Joint Air Forces command

— joint command

— Joint High command

— joint maneuver control command

— joint operations command

— Joint Tactical Air command

— jump command

— Land Forces Strategic command

— large command

— lesser command

— line command

— logistical command

— losing command

— maintain a command

— maintenance command

— major ACE subordinate command

— major air command

— major Army field command

— major command

— major subordinate command

— Maneuver and Training command

— maneuver area command

— marching command

— Marine Air Reserve Training command

— Marine Corps Development and Education command

— Marine Corps Development and Evaluation command

— Marine Corps Sea Systems command

— Marine Force Logistic command

— Maritime command

— mass command

— materiel command

— Medical Bioengineering R&D command

— medical command

— Medical R&D command

— medium missile command

— medium-sized command

— Military Airlift command

— Military Assistance command

— military command

— Military Enlistment Processing command

— Military Sealift command

— military zone command

— Mine Countermeasures command

— mine sweeping forces command

— Mine Warfare command

— missile command

— Mobile command

— Mountain and Cold Weather Training command

— MP prisoner-of-war command

— multi-role air command

— multi-service command

— national command

— National Logistic command

— National Military command

— national territorial command

— NATO command

— NATO Early Warning command

— NATO military command

— NATO national command

— Naval Air Materiel command

— Naval Air Systems command

— Naval Air Training command

— Naval Amphibious Training command

— Naval Aviation command

— naval base command

— Naval Civilian Personnel command

— naval command

— Naval Communications command

— Naval Data Automation command

— Naval Electronics Systems command

— Naval Facilities Engineering command

— Naval Home command

— Naval Intelligence command

— Naval Logistics command

— Naval Material command

— Naval Military Personnel command

— Naval Oceanography command

— Naval Recruiting command

— Naval Reserve command

— Naval Sea Systems command

— Naval Security Group command

— Naval Supply Systems command

— Naval Telecommunications command

— Naval Training command

— Navy's Ocean Systems command

— North American Aerospace Defense command

— North American Air Defense command

— Northern command

— Nuclear Weapons Support command

— numbered command

— one-man command

— operational command

— ordnance ammunition command

— Ordnance Weapons command

— organic command

— originating command

— overall command

— overseas command

— personnel command

— place in command

— place under command

— preliminary command

— principal NATO command

— principal subordinate command

— Proving Ground command

— PW command

— QM command

— R&D command

— RAF command

— RAF Home command

— RAF Strike command

— RAF Support command

— RAF Transportation command

— Rapid Reaction Deployable command

— RDF command

— Readiness command

— regional command

— regional operational command

— regional theater command

— Regular Army Strategic command

— reinforcement command

— relieve of command

— relinquish command

— Reserve Component command

— resting command

— retain command

— revert to command

— revoke a command

— River Naval command

— sea command

— sealift command

— semi-automatic command to line-of-sight

— separate command

— service command

— signal command

— single nation command

— sole command

— Southern command

— Space command

— Special Air Service command

— special ammunition support command

— special command

— Special Operations command

— Special Weapons command

— specified command

— Staff command

— stateside command

— strategic aerospace command

— Strategic Air command

— strategic command

— strategic communications command

— Strike Air command

— Strike command

— subordinate command

— succeed in command

— supplementary command

— Supply and Maintenance command

— support air command

— support command

— supranational command

— Supreme command

— suspend from command

— systems command

— Tactical Air command

— tactical command

— take command

— target-vectoring command

— task force command

— temporary command

— terminal steering command

— Territorial command

— theater air defense command

— Theater Airlift command

— Theater Army Area command

— Theater Army Area Logistical command

— Theater Army Civil Affairs command

— Theater Army Communications command

— Theater Army logistical command

— Theater Army Replacement and Training command

— Theater Army Support command

— theater of operations command

— theater troop-carrier command

— TOE command

— topographic command

— training command

— transportation command

— transportation training command

— troop command

— troop support command

— troop-carrier command

— turn over command

— type command

— UN command

— under command

— unified command

— Unified Land Forces command

— unified tactical air command

— uninational command

— uni-service command

— US Army command

— US Army Western command

— US Naval Space command

— US Readiness command

— USAF Aerospace Defense command

— USAF command

— USAF headquarters command

— USAF major command

— USAF Reserve command

— USAF Support command

— vacate command

— vehicle command

— vest command in

— warning command

— Weapons command

— weapons support command

— Western Approaches command

— Western command

— winning command

— zone command

English-Russian military dictionary > command
5 command

kəˈmɑ:nd
1. сущ.
1) а) власть, господство German Luftwaffe had command of the air in the first part of the war. ≈ Немецкие военно-воздушные силы имели господство в воздухе в первый период войны. б) владение He has complete command of his emotions. ≈ Он полностью владеет собой. He has a good command of german. ≈ Он хорошо говорит по-немецки. в) давление, принуждение Command and force may often create, but can never cure, an aversion. ≈ Давление и насилие могут вызывать отвращение, но не в силах излечить его (Джон Локк)
2) топогр. господство, доминирование;
особенно дальность стрельбы, дистанция стрельбы;
обзор Of the whole fleet only 4 escaped, by getting under the command of Granville Fort. ≈ Из всего флота спаслись только четыре корабля, которые ушли под защиту пушек форта Грэнвилл. The command of the bastion over the surrounding country is nineteen feet. ≈ Бастион возвышается над землей на девятнадцать футов. The steepy stand, which overlooks the vale with wide command. ≈ Крутой склон нависает над долиной, с него широкий обзор.
3) в системе управления чем-л. а) команда, приказ The gods come at my command. ≈ Я отдал приказ, и вот, боги грядут (M.Weis, T. Hickman, "Time of the Twins"). Syn: direction, directive, injunction, instruction, order Ant: consent б) комп. команда, директива в) воен. командование, управление;
должность командующего (любого уровня) The commands he held under the Crown. ≈ Воинские посты, которые он занимал в Британской империи. Your command is taken off. ≈ Вы лишаетесь полномочий командовать. at command be in command of smth. under command of command airplane Fighter Command command post command car г) воен. часть;
соединение Colonel ordered the command to halt. ≈ Полковник приказал полку остановиться. д) воен. военный округ( в Англии) ;
расш. любая единица управленческого деления - округ в городе, префектура в округе и т.п. е) командование соединения, штаб( разного уровня - бригады, корпуса, полка и т.п.) command post ≈ воен. штаб (воинского соединения любого уровня)
2. гл.
1) а) господствовать, властвовать to command the air ≈ господствовать в воздухе Syn: sway, rule б) владеть;
располагать, иметь в своем распоряжении to command a large vocabulary ≈ иметь большой запас слов to command the services of smb. ≈ пользоваться чьими-л. услугами be smb.'s to command
2) об охвате территории а) возвышаться, господствовать, давать обзор Commanding the rich scenes beneath, the windings of the Forth and Teith. ≈ Открывался потрясающий вид на изгибы Форта и Тейта (реки в Шотландии). Syn: overlook б) воен. держать под обстрелом
3) об отношениях субординации а) приказывать Syn: order, enjoin, bid б) командовать, управлять в) требовать Riches are passed away, as fortune, vice, or folly may command. ≈ Богатства разбазариваются, как этого требуют судьба, дурные наклонности или прихоть. They will command the confidence which they really deserve. ≈ Они потребуют уверенности, чего и в самом деле заслуживают. приказ, приказание, команда;
- at amb.'s * по чьему-л приказу;
- at the word of * по команде;
- * by voice( военное) команда голосом;
- * of execution( военное) исполнительная команда;
- * to advance приказ наступать;
- to give a * (от) дать приказ;
- to revoke a * отставить приказание распоряжение;
- I am at your * я к вашим услугам;
я в вашем распоряжении (военное) командование;
управление;
- * echelon группа штаба;
- * post командный пункт;
- chain of * служебные инстанции, субординация;
- to suspend from * отстранить от командования;
- to be in * of a regiment командовать полком;
- under * под командой, под начальством (военное) часть;
соединение (военное) военный округ господство, власть;
- * of the see господство на море;
- * of emotions способность контролировать чувства;
- he felt that he was really in * of the situation он чувствовал себя настоящим хозяином положения;
- he has no * over himself он не владеет собой;
ему недостает самообладания;
- he has a good * of the English language он хорошо владеет английским языком (коммерческое) заказ;
- awaiting your futher *s в ожидании ваших дальнейших заказов (топография) превышение( специальное) команда (сигнал для включения) ;
- * guidance командное наведение( ракеты) ;
- * missile ракета с командной системой наведения;
- * word (компьютерное) имя команды, команда;
- qualifier( компьютерное) управляющий параметр команды, ключ команды высочайшее повеление;
- * performance представление по королевскому указу приказывать;
отдавать приказ, приказание;
- to * silence приказать молчать командовать;
- to * a battalion командовать батальоном контролировать, сдерживать( чувства) ;
- I advised him to * his temper я посоветовал ему взять себя в руки иметь в своем распоряжени, располагать;
- he *s vast sums of money он располагает большой суммой денег;
он распоряжается большими суммами;
- to * services пользоваться услугами (кого-л) ;
- yours to * ваш покорный слуга, к вашим услугам иметь, владеть;
- to * a large vocabulary иметь большой запас слов внушать, вселять;
- to * respect внушать уважение;
- to * sympathy вызывать сочувствие господствовать;
- to * the seas господствовать на море возвышаться;
- the mountain *s the plain гора возвышается над равниной;
- the hill *s a good view с горы открывается красивый вид( коммерческое) строить;
- to * a high price идти по высокой цене;
- these good * a high price за эти товары дают высокую цену( военное) контролировать, держать под обстрелом absolute ~ вчт. абсолютная команда air ~ авиационное командование (высшее организационное объединение ВВС) ~ командование;
to be in command of a regiment командовать полком;
under command (of smb.) под (чьим-л.) начальством;
at command в распоряжении bad ~ вчт. неверная команда ~ командование;
to be in command of a regiment командовать полком;
under command (of smb.) под (чьим-л.) начальством;
at command в распоряжении break ~ вчт. команда прерывания работы brief ~ вчт. сокращенная команда cancel ~ вчт. команда отмены cls ~ вчт. команда очистки экрана command владение;
command of one's emotions умение владеть собой;
he has good (или complete, great) command of the language он свободно владеет языком ~ владеть;
располагать, иметь в своем распоряжении;
to command a large vocabulary иметь большой запас слов ~ власть ~ внушать (напр., уважение) ~ военный округ (в Англии) ~ военный округ (в Великобритании) ~ войска, находящиеся под ( чьим-л.) командованием;
Fighter Command командование истребительной авиации ~ господство, власть;
command of the air господство в воздухе ~ господство ~ господствовать, возвышаться;
the window commanded a lovely view из окна открывался прекрасный вид ~ господствовать;
to command the seas господствовать на морях ~ господствовать ~ воен. держать под обстрелом ~ заказ ~ иметь в своем распоряжении ~ команда, приказ ~ вчт. команда ~ команда ~ командование;
to be in command of a regiment командовать полком;
under command (of smb.) под (чьим-л.) начальством;
at command в распоряжении ~ командовать, управлять ~ контролировать ~ контроль ~ топ. превышение ~ предписание ~ приказ, команда, командование ~ приказ ~ приказывать ~ приказывать, командовать ~ приказывать ~ продаваться ~ располагать ~ стоить;
приносить, давать;
this article commands a good price за этот товар можно взять хорошую цену ~ стоить ~ владеть;
располагать, иметь в своем распоряжении;
to command a large vocabulary иметь большой запас слов ~ post амер. штаб военного подразделения;
command car штабной автомобиль;
command airplane самолет командования ~ attr. командный;
находящийся в распоряжении командования ~ post амер. штаб военного подразделения;
command car штабной автомобиль;
command airplane самолет командования ~ control block вчт. блок управления командой ~ control program вчт. командный процессор command владение;
command of one's emotions умение владеть собой;
he has good (или complete, great) command of the language он свободно владеет языком ~ господство, власть;
command of the air господство в воздухе ~ post командный пункт ~ post амер. штаб военного подразделения;
command car штабной автомобиль;
command airplane самолет командования ~ господствовать;
to command the seas господствовать на морях to ~ the services (of smb.) пользоваться (чьими-л.) услугами;
yours to command к вашим услугам control ~ команда управления control ~ вчт. управляющая команда copy ~ вчт. команда копирования cut ~ вчт. команда вырезания debug ~ вчт. команда отладки del ~ вчт. команда удаления dir ~ вчт. команда выдачи каталога diskcomp ~ вчт. команда сравнения файлов display ~ вчт. команда изображения displayed ~ вчт. высвечиваемая команда dot ~ вчт. команда с точкой edit ~ вчт. команда редактирования exit ~ вчт. команда выхода export ~ вчт. команда экспорта external ~ вчт. внешняя команда ~ войска, находящиеся под (чьим-л.) командованием;
Fighter Command командование истребительной авиации find ~ вчт. команда поиска font ~ вчт. команда смены шрифта format ~ вчт. команда форматирования fragile ~ вчт. уязвимая команда generic ~ вчт. групповая команда halt ~ вчт. команда останова command владение;
command of one's emotions умение владеть собой;
he has good (или complete, great) command of the language он свободно владеет языком help ~ вчт. команда помощи high-level ~ вчт. команда высокого уровня improper ~ вчт. неправильная команда internal ~ вчт. внутренняя команда issue ~ вчт. подавать команду label ~ вчт. команда записи метки log ~ вчт. команда регистрации merge ~ вчт. команда объединения merge ~ вчт. команда слияния modeless ~ вчт. команда не зависящая от режима more ~ вчт. команда листания вперед named ~ вчт. именованная команда object ~ вчт. конечная команда operator ~ вчт. директива оператора operator ~ вчт. команда оператора parse ~ вчт. команда разбора paste ~ вчт. команда вставки pause ~ вчт. команда переброски placement ~ вчт. команда размещения program-chain ~ вчт. программа связывания программ quit ~ вчт. команда прекращения rd ~ вчт. команда уничтожения каталога recover ~ вчт. команда восстановления relative ~ вчт. относительная команда rem ~ вчт. команда включения комментария ren ~ вчт. команда переименования файла resident ~ вчт. резидентная команда search ~ вчт. команда поиска sentence-like ~ вчт. команда фраза set ~ вчт. команда установки параметров single-keystroke ~ вчт. одноклавишная команда slave ~ вчт. подчиненная команда sort ~ вчт. программа сортировки spoken ~ вчт. речевая команда stereotyped ~ вчт. стандартная команда subst ~ вчт. команда замены system ~ вчт. системная команда ~ стоить;
приносить, давать;
this article commands a good price за этот товар можно взять хорошую цену type ~ вчт. команда вывода на экран ~ командование;
to be in command of a regiment командовать полком;
under command (of smb.) под (чьим-л.) начальством;
at command в распоряжении unnumbered ~ вчт. нешифровананная команда unused ~ вчт. неиспользуемая команда user ~ вчт. пользовательская директива ver ~ вчт. команда воспроизведения номера версии verbal ~ вчт. речевая команда verify ~ вчт. команда проверки всех операций записи на диск voice ~ вчт. речевая команда why ~ вчт. команда запроса объявлений ~ господствовать, возвышаться;
the window commanded a lovely view из окна открывался прекрасный вид to ~ the services (of smb.) пользоваться (чьими-л.) услугами;
yours to command к вашим услугам zoom ~ вчт. команда изменения масштаба изображения

Большой англо-русский и русско-английский словарь > command
6 under

under [ˈʌndə^r]

1. preposition

   a. ( = beneath) sous

• under the table/umbrella sous la table/le parapluie

• it's under there c'est là-dessous

• under it dessous

• he went and sat under it il est allé s'asseoir dessous

• under the Tudors sous les Tudor

• he had 50 men under him il avait 50 hommes sous ses ordres

• under the command of... sous les ordres de...

   b. ( = less than) moins de ; (in rank, scale) au-dessous de

• to be under age être mineur

• children under 15 enfants mpl de moins de 15 ans

• the under-15s les moins de 15 ans

• it sells at under £10 cela se vend à moins de 10 livres

• in under two hours en moins de deux heures

   c. (with names) sous

• under an assumed name sous un faux nom

   d. ( = according to) selon

• under French law selon la législation française

• under the terms of the contract selon les termes du contrat

2. adverb

   a. ( = beneath) en dessous

• he stayed under for three minutes ( = underwater) il est resté sous l'eau pendant trois minutes

• he lifted the rope and crawled under il a soulevé la corde et il est passé dessous en rampant

   b. ( = less) moins

• children of 15 and under les enfants de moins de 16 ans

• ten degrees under moins dix

3. prefix

( = insufficiently) sous-

• undernourished sous-alimenté

• underused sous-exploité

* * *

Note: When under is used as a straightforward preposition in English it can almost always be translated by sous in French: under the table = sous la table; under a sheet = sous un drap; under a heading = sous un titre

under is often used before a noun in English to mean subject to or affected by ( under control, under fire, under oath, under review etc). For translations, consult the appropriate noun entry (control, fire, oath, review etc)

under is also often used as a prefix in combinations such as undercook, underfunded, underprivileged and undergrowth, underpass. These combinations are treated as headwords in the dictionary

For particular usages, see the entry below
['ʌndə(r)] 1.
preposition

1) ( physically beneath or below) sous

under the bed — sous le lit

under it — en dessous

it's under there — c'est là-dessous

to come out from under something — sortir de dessous quelque chose

2) ( less than)

under £10 — moins de 10 livres sterling

children under five — les enfants de moins de cinq ans or en dessous de cinq ans

a number under ten — un nombre inférieur à dix

temperatures under 10°C — des températures inférieures à 10°C

3) ( according to)

under the law — selon la loi

fined under a rule — condamné à une amende en vertu d'une règle

4) ( subordinate to) sous

I have 50 people under me — j'ai 50 employés sous mes ordres

5) ( in classification) sous

do I look for Le Corbusier under ‘le’ or ‘Corbusier’? — est-ce que je dois chercher Le Corbusier sous ‘le’ ou ‘Corbusier’?
2.
adverb

1) ( physically beneath or below something) [crawl, sit, hide] en dessous

to go under — [diver, swimmer] disparaître sous l'eau

2) ( less) moins

£10 and under — 10 livres sterling et moins

children of six and under — des enfants de six ans et moins

to run five minutes under — [event, programme] durer cinq minutes de moins que prévu

3) ( anaesthetized)

to put somebody under — endormir quelqu'un

4) ( subjugated)

to keep somebody under — opprimer quelqu'un

5) (below, later in text)

see under — voir ci-dessous

English-French dictionary > under
7 command

1. transitive verb
1) (order, bid) befehlen ( somebody jemandem)

2) (be in command of) befehligen [Schiff, Armee, Streitkräfte]; (have authority over or control of) gebieten über (+ Akk.) (geh.); beherrschen

3) (have at one's disposal) verfügen über (+ Akk.) [Gelder, Ressourcen, Wortschatz]

4) (deserve and get) verdient haben [Achtung, Respekt]

5)

the hill commands a fine view of... — der Berg bietet eine schöne Aussicht auf... (+ Akk.)
2. noun
1) Kommando, das; (in writing) Befehl, der

at or by somebody's command — auf jemandes Befehl (Akk.) [hin]

2) (exercise or tenure) Kommando, das; Befehlsgewalt, die

be in command of an army/ship — eine Armee/ein Schiff befehligen

have/take command of... — das Kommando über (+ Akk.)... haben/übernehmen

officer in command — befehlshabender Offizier

3) (control, mastery, possession) Beherrschung, die

have a good command of French — das Französische gut beherrschen

4) (Computing) Befehl, der

* * *
1. verb
1) (to order: I command you to leave the room immediately!) befehlen

2) (to have authority over: He commanded a regiment of soldiers.) kommandieren

3) (to have by right: He commands great respect.) einflößen
2. noun
1) (an order: We obeyed his commands.) der Befehl

2) (control: He was in command of the operation.) die Befehlsgewalt

•

- academic.ru/14487/commandant">commandant
- commander
- commanding
- commandment
- commander-in-chief
* * *

com·mand

[kəˈmɑ:nd, AM -ˈmænd]

I. vt

1. (order)

▪ to \command sb jdm einen Befehl geben [o geh erteilen]

▪ to \command sb to do sth jdm befehlen, etw zu tun

2. MIL (be in charge)

▪ to \command sth den Oberbefehl über etw akk haben

to \command a company eine Einheit leiten

to \command a ship ein Schiff befehligen

3. (be able to ask)

to \command the prices die Preise diktieren

4. (have at disposal)

▪ to \command sth über etw akk verfügen

5. ( form: inspire)

▪ to \command sth etw gebieten geh

she \commands my utmost admiration sie hat meine volle Bewunderung

to \command sb's sympathy jds Mitleid erwecken

to \command sb's respect jdm Respekt einflößen

6. ( form: give)

to \command a view einen Ausblick bieten [o geh gewähren

II. vi Befehle erteilen [o geben

III. n

1. (order) Befehl m

the Royal C\command BRIT königliche Order

to give a \command einen Befehl erteilen [o geben]

to obey a \command einen Befehl ausführen

at my \command auf meinen Befehl

2. no pl (authority) Kommando nt

to take \command of a force das Kommando über eine Truppe übernehmen

to have \command over [or be in \command of] a regiment/fleet ein Regiment/eine Flotte befehligen

▪ to be at sb's \command ( hum) jdm zur Verfügung stehen

under sb's \command unter jds Kommando

3. no pl (control) Kontrolle f

▪ to be in \command [of oneself] sich akk unter Kontrolle haben

▪ to be in \command of sth etw unter Kontrolle [o fam im Griff] haben

to have sth at one's \command über etw akk verfügen

4. + sing/pl vb MIL (military district)

▪ C\command Befehlsbereich m; (troops) Kommando nt

5. COMPUT (instruction) Befehl m

invalid \command ungültiger Befehl

to type a \command einen Befehl eingeben

6. no pl (knowledge) Beherrschung f

to have a \command of a language eine Sprache beherrschen

* * *
[kə'mAːnd]
1. vt

1) (= order) befehlen, den Befehl geben (sb jdm)

he commanded that the prisoners be released — er befahl, die Gefangenen freizulassen

2) (= be in control of) army, ship befehligen, kommandieren

3) (= be in a position to use) money, resources, vocabulary verfügen über (+acc), gebieten über (+acc) (geh)

to command sb's services — jds Dienste or Hilfe in Anspruch nehmen

4)

to command sb's admiration/respect — jdm Bewunderung/Respekt abnötigen, jds Bewunderung/Respekt erheischen (geh)

antiques command a high price — Antiquitäten stehen hoch im Preis

5) (= overlook) valley überragen; view bieten (of über +acc)

2. vi

1) (= order) befehlen

2) (MIL, NAUT: to be in command) das Kommando führen

3. n

1) (= order) Befehl m

at/by the command of — auf Befehl

at the word of command — auf Kommando

on command — auf Befehl or Kommando

2) (MIL: power, authority) Kommando nt, Befehlsgewalt f

to be in command — das Kommando or den (Ober)befehl haben (of über +acc )

to take command — das Kommando übernehmen (
of +gen )

the new colonel arrived to take command of his regiment — der neue Oberst kam, um sein Regiment zu übernehmen

during/under his command — unter seinem Kommando

the battalion is under the command of... — das Bataillon steht unter dem Kommando von... or wird befehligt von...

to be second in command — zweiter Befehlshaber sein

3) (MIL) (= troops) Kommando nt; (= district) Befehlsbereich m; (= command post) Posten m

4) (COMPUT) Befehl m

5) (fig: possession, mastery) Beherrschung f

command of the seas the gymnast's remarkable command over his body — Seeherrschaft f die bemerkenswerte Körperbeherrschung des Turners

his command of English is excellent — er beherrscht das Englische ausgezeichnet

to have sb/sth at one's command — über jdn/etw verfügen or gebieten (geh)

I am at your command — ich stehe zu Ihrer Verfügung

to be in command (of oneself) — sich unter Kontrolle haben

* * *

command [kəˈmɑːnd; US kəˈmænd]

A v/t

1. befehlen, gebieten (dat):

command sb to come jemandem befehlen zu kommen

2. gebieten, fordern, (gebieterisch) verlangen:

command silence sich Ruhe erbitten

3. beherrschen, gebieten über (akk), unter sich haben

4. MIL kommandieren:

a) jemandem befehlen

b) eine Truppe befehligen, führen

5. Gefühle, auch die Lage beherrschen:

command o.s. ( oder one’s temper) sich beherrschen

6. zur Verfügung haben, verfügen über (akk):

command a sum;

command sb’s services

7. Mitgefühl, Vertrauen etc einflößen:

command (sb’s) admiration (jemandem) Bewunderung abnötigen, (jemandes) Bewunderung verdienen;

command respect Achtung gebieten

8. (durch eine strategisch günstige Lage) beherrschen:

this hill commands a wide area

9. Aussicht gewähren, bieten:

this window commands a fine view

10. ARCH den einzigen Zugang zu einem Gebäudeteil etc bilden

11. WIRTSCH

a) einen Preis einbringen, erzielen

b) Absatz finden

12. obs bestellen

B v/i

1. befehlen, gebieten

2. MIL kommandieren, das Kommando führen, den Befehl haben

3. Ausblick gewähren:

as far as the eye commands so weit das Auge reicht

C s

1. Befehl m ( auch COMPUT), Gebot n:

at sb’s command auf jemandes Befehl;

by command laut Befehl

2. fig Herrschaft f, Gewalt f ( beide:

of über akk):

lose command of one’s temper die Beherrschung verlieren

3. Verfügung f:

be at sb’s command jemandem zur Verfügung stehen;

have at command → A 6

4. Beherrschung f, Kenntnis f (einer Sprache etc):

have (a good) command of eine Fremdsprache etc beherrschen;

his command of English seine Englischkenntnisse;

command of language Sprachbeherrschung f, Redegewandtheit f

5. MIL Kommando n:

a) (Ober)Befehl m, Führung f:

be in command das Kommando führen, den Befehl haben;

in command of befehligend;

the officer in command der befehlshabende Offizier;

be under sb’s command jemandem unterstellt sein;

take command of an army das Kommando über eine Armee übernehmen;

the higher command Br die höhere Führung

b) (volle) Kommandogewalt, Befehlsbefugnis f

c) Befehl m:

command of execution Ausführungskommando

d) Befehlsbereich m

6. MIL Kommandobehörde f, Führungsstab m, Oberkommando n

7. (strategische) Beherrschung (eines Gebiets etc)

8. Sichtweite f, Aussicht f

9. Br königliche Einladung

* * *
1. transitive verb
1) (order, bid) befehlen ( somebody jemandem)

2) (be in command of) befehligen [Schiff, Armee, Streitkräfte]; (have authority over or control of) gebieten über (+ Akk.) (geh.); beherrschen

3) (have at one's disposal) verfügen über (+ Akk.) [Gelder, Ressourcen, Wortschatz]

4) (deserve and get) verdient haben [Achtung, Respekt]

5)

the hill commands a fine view of... — der Berg bietet eine schöne Aussicht auf... (+ Akk.)
2. noun
1) Kommando, das; (in writing) Befehl, der

at or by somebody's command — auf jemandes Befehl (Akk.) [hin]

2) (exercise or tenure) Kommando, das; Befehlsgewalt, die

be in command of an army/ship — eine Armee/ein Schiff befehligen

have/take command of... — das Kommando über (+ Akk.)... haben/übernehmen

officer in command — befehlshabender Offizier

3) (control, mastery, possession) Beherrschung, die

have a good command of French — das Französische gut beherrschen

4) (Computing) Befehl, der

* * *

(military) n.

Anführung f. n.

Befehl -e m.

Gebot -e n.

Kommando -s n. v.

befehlen v.

(§ p.,pp.: befahl, befohlen)

kommandieren v.

English-german dictionary > command
8 подчиняться

1) General subject: bow, comply with (правилам), conform (правилам), crouch back, defer (чьим-л. желаниям), fall into line with, knock under, knuckle, knuckle down, obey (чему-л.), report, resign, resign oneself (чему-либо), roll over for (smb.), submit, surrender, be subject, bow back, come to heel, comply, knuckle under, obey, resign oneself, conform with (напр., правилам), go along with, (кому-л.) report to

2) Naval: give way

3) American: shape up (общему мнению)

4) Military: come under command

5) Mathematics: be dominated (о стратегии), be governed by, be subjected to, be subordinate to, follow

6) Law: abide, comply (правилам)

7) Jargon: string along with (someone)

8) Business: be subordinated to, conform to

9) Quality control: obey (напр. правилу, уравнению)

10) Makarov: be subject to, comply (напр. правилам), crouch (one's) back, how (one's) back, obey (напр. закону), to how (one's) back, fall into line

11) Dog breeding: subject

12) Phraseological unit: fall in line (obey, conform.)

Универсальный русско-английский словарь > подчиняться
9 перейти под командование

Makarov: come under command

Универсальный русско-английский словарь > перейти под командование
10 tener

v.

1 to have.

tengo un hermano I have o I've got a brother

tener fiebre to have a temperature

tuvieron una pelea they had a fight

tener un niño to have a baby

¡que tengan buen viaje! have a good journey!

tengo las vacaciones en agosto my holidays are in August

Yo tengo una casa I have a house.

El carro tuvo un accidente The car had an accident.

Esto tiene azúcar This has=is made of sugar.

Yo tengo dos hijos I have=am the parent of two sons.

Tengo un primo I have a cousin,

Ella tuvo una gran idea She had a great idea.

Yo tengo paperas I have=suffer from the mumps.

Tengo un ataque de nervios I am having a nervous fit.

Ella tiene su aprobación She has=meets with his approval.

2 to be.

tiene 3 metros de ancho it's 3 meters wide

¿cuántos años tienes? how old are you?

tiene diez años she's ten (years old)

tengo tres años aquí I've been here for three years (Am)

tener hambre/miedo to be hungry/afraid

tener mal humor to be bad-tempered

le tiene lástima he feels sorry for her

3 to get (recibir) (mensaje, regalo, visita, sensación).

tuve un verdadero desengaño I was really disappointed

tendrá una sorpresa he'll get a surprise

4 to hold.

tenlo por el asa hold it by the handle

Ella tiene su bolso She holds her purse.

5 to offer, to have.

* * *

TENER

CONJUGACIÓN

Present Indicative

tengo, tienes, tiene, tenemos, tenéis, tienen.

Past Indicative

tuve, tuviste, tuvo, tuvimos, tuvisteis, tuvieron.

Future Indicative

tendré, tendrás, tendrá, tendremos, tendréis, tendrán.

Conditional

tendría, tendrías, tendría, tendríamos, tendríais, tendrían.

Present Subjunctive

tenga, tengas, tenga, tengamos, tengáis, tengan.

Imperfect Subjunctive

tuviera, tuvieras, tuviera, tuviéramos, tuvierais, tuvieran;

tuviese, tuvieses, tuviese, tuviésemos, tuvieseis, tuviesen.

Future Subjunctive

tuviere, tuvieres, tuviere, tuviéremos, tuviereis, tuvieren.

Imperative

ten (tú), tenga (él/Vd.), tengamos (nos.), tened (vos.), tengan (ellos/Vds.).

* * *

verb

1) to have

2) hold

3) own, possess

4) feel

•

- tener en cuenta
- tener que
- tenerse por
* * *
Para las expresiones como tener cuidado, tener ganas, tener suerte, tener de particular, tener en cuenta, ver la otra entrada.
1. VERBO TRANSITIVO
El uso de got con el verbo have es más frecuente en inglés británico, pero solo se usa en el presente.
1) (=poseer, disponer de) to have, have got

¿tienes dinero? — do you have {o} have you got any money?

¿tienes un bolígrafo? — do you have {o} have you got a pen?

¿tiene usted permiso para esto? — do you have {o} have you got permission for this?

tiene un tío en Venezuela — he has an uncle in Venezuela, he's got an uncle in Venezuela

ahora no tengo tiempo — I don't have {o} I haven't got time now

2) [referido a aspecto, carácter] to have, have got

tiene el pelo rubio — he has blond hair, he's got blond hair

tenía una sonrisa preciosa — she had a lovely smile

tiene la nariz aguileña — she has an aquiline nose, she's got an aquiline nose

tenía el pelo mojado — his hair was wet

3) [referido a edad] to be

tiene siete años — he's seven (years old)

¿cuántos años tienes? — how old are you?

al menos debe de tener 55 años — she must be at least 55

4) [referido a ocupaciones] to have, have got

tenemos clase de inglés a las 11 — we have an English class at 11, we've got an English class at 11

el lunes tenemos una reunión — we're having a meeting on Monday, we've got a meeting on Monday

mañana tengo una fiesta — I'm going to a party tomorrow

5) (=parir) to have

va a tener un niño — she's going to have a baby

6) (=medir) to be

tener 5cm de ancho — to be 5cm wide

7) (=sentir) + sustantivo to be + adj

tener hambre/sed/calor/frío — to be hungry/thirsty/hot/cold

no tengas tantos celos — don't be so jealous

hemos tenido mucho miedo — we have been very frightened

le tengo mucho cariño — I'm very fond of him

he tenido un presentimiento — I've had a premonition

8) (=padecer, sufrir) to have

han tenido un accidente — they have had an accident

hemos tenido muchas dificultades — we have had a lot of difficulties

Luis tiene la gripe — Luis has {o} has got flu

tengo fiebre — I have {o} I've got a (high) temperature

¿qué tienes? — what's the matter with you?, what's wrong with you?

9) (=sostener) to hold

tenía el pasaporte en la mano — he had his passport in his hand, he was holding his passport in his hand

tenme el vaso un momento, por favor — hold my glass for me for a moment, please

¡ten!, ¡aquí tienes! — here you are!

10) (=recibir) to have

aún no he tenido carta — I haven't had a letter yet

¿has tenido noticias suyas? — have you heard from her?

11) (=pensar, considerar)

• tener [a bien] hacer algo — to see fit to do sth

• tener a algn [en] algo, te tendrán en más estima — they will hold you in higher esteem

• tener a algn [por] — + adj to consider sb (to be) + adj

le tengo por poco honrado — I consider him (to be) rather dishonest

• ten por [seguro] que... — rest assured that...

12) tener algo que ({+ infin})

tengo trabajo que hacer — I have {o} I've got work to do

no tengo nada que hacer — I have {o} I've got nothing to do

eso no tiene nada que ver — that has {o} that's got nothing to do with it

13) [locuciones]

ya saben dónde me tienen — you always know where you can find me

• ¡[ahí] lo tienes! — there you are!, there you have it!

• tener algo [de] + adj —

de bueno no tiene nada — there's nothing good about it

no tiene nada de particular — it's nothing special

¿qué tiene de malo? — what's wrong with that?

• tenerlo [difícil] — to find it difficult

• tenerlo [fácil] — to have it easy

- ¿conque esas tenemos?

- no tenerlas todas consigo

no las tengo todas conmigo de que lo haga — I'm none too sure that he'll do it, I'm not entirely sure that he'll do it

- tener todas las de ganar

- tener todas las de perder

- quien tuvo retuvo

2. VERBO AUXILIAR

1) tener que ({+ infin})

a) [indicando obligación]

tengo que comprarlo — I have to {o} I've got to buy it, I must buy it

tenemos que marcharnos — we have to {o} we've got to go, we must be going

tienen que aumentarte el sueldo — they have to {o} they've got to give you a rise

tuvo que devolver todo el dinero — he had to pay all the money back

tiene que ser así — it has to be this way

b) [indicando suposición, probabilidad]

¡tienes que estar cansadísima! — you must be really tired!

tiene que dolerte mucho ¿no? — it must hurt a lot, doesn't it?

tiene que estar en tu despacho — it must be in your office

tiene que haberte dolido mucho — it must have hurt a lot

c) [en reproches]

¡tendrías que haberlo dicho antes! — you should have said so before!

¡tendría que darte vergüenza! — you should be ashamed of yourself!

¡tú tenías que ser! — it would be you!, it had to be you!

d) [en sugerencias, recomendaciones]

tendrías que comer más — you should eat more

tendríamos que pedirle perdón — we should apologize to him

2) + participio

tenía puesto el sombrero — he had his hat on

nos tenían preparada una sorpresa — they had prepared a surprise for us

tenía pensado llamarte — I had been thinking of phoning you

te lo tengo dicho muchas veces — I've told you hundreds of times

yo no le tengo visto — I've never set eyes on him

3) + adj

procura tener contentos a todos — he tries to keep everybody happy

me tiene perplejo la falta de noticias — the lack of news is puzzling, I am puzzled by the lack of news

4) esp Méx (=llevar)

tienen tres meses de no cobrar — they haven't been paid for three months, it's three months since they've been paid

tengo cuatro años aquí — I've been here for four years

3.

See:

tenerse

* * *
1.
verbo transitivo [El uso de 'got' en frases como 'I've got a new dress' está mucho más extendido en el inglés británico que en el americano. Éste prefiere la forma 'I have a new dress']

Sentido I

1) (poseer, disponer de) <dinero/trabajo/tiempo> to have

¿tienen hijos? — do they have any children?, have they got any children?

no tenemos pan — we don't have any bread, we haven't got any bread

no tengo a quién recurrir — I have nobody to turn to

tú no tienes idea de lo que fue — you've no idea what it was like

aquí tienes al culpable — here's o this is the culprit

ahí tienes! yo te lo dije — there you are! I told you so

¿conque ésas tenemos? — so that's the way things are, is it?

2)

a) ( llevar encima) to have

¿tiene hora? — have you got the time?

b) ( llevar puesto) to be wearing

qué traje más elegante tienes! — that's a smart suit you're wearing!

3) (hablando de actividades, obligaciones) to have

tengo invitados a cenar — I have o I've got some people coming to dinner

tenemos clases mañana — we've got school tomorrow

tener... que + inf — to have... to + inf

tengo cosas que hacer — I have o I've got things to do

4)

a) (señalando características, atributos) to have

tiene el pelo largo — she has o she's got long hair

tiene mucho tacto — he's very tactful

la casa tiene mucha luz — the house is very light o gets a lot of light

tiene un metro de largo — it is one meter long

tiene mucho de su padre — he's very much like his father

¿y eso qué tiene de malo? — and what's so bad about that?

no tiene nada de extraño — there's nothing strange about it

le lleva 15 años - ¿y eso qué tiene? — (AmL fam) she's 15 years older than he is - so what does that matter?

b) ( expresando edad)

¿cuántos años tienes? — how old are you?

tengo veinte años — I'm twenty (years old)

c) ( con idea de posibilidad)

no creo que tenga arreglo — I don't think it can be fixed

el problema tiene solución — there is a solution to the problem

5) ( dar a luz) <bebé/gemelos> to have

Sentido II

6) (sujetar, sostener) to hold

tenlo derecho — hold it upright

7) ( tomar)

ten la llave — take o here's the key

Sentido III

8) ( recibir) to have

no hemos tenido noticias de él — we haven't heard from him

la propuesta tuvo una acogida favorable — the proposal was favorably received

9)

a) ( sentir)

tengo hambre/sueño/frío — I'm hungry/tired/cold

tiene celos de su hermano — she's jealous of her brother

no tiene interés por nada — she's not interested in anything

le tengo mucho cariño — I'm very fond of him

tengo el placer de... — it gives me great pleasure to...

¿qué tienes? — what's wrong?, what's the matter?

b) (refiriéndose a síntomas, enfermedades) to have

tengo dolor de cabeza — I have o I've got a headache

no saben lo que tiene — they don't know what's wrong with him

c) (refiriéndose a experiencias, sucesos) to have

que tengas buen viaje — have a good trip

tener una discusión con alguien — to have an argument with somebody

10) ( refiriéndose a actitudes)

ten más respeto — have a little more respect

ten paciencia/cuidado — be patient/careful

Sentido IV

11) (indicando estado, situación) (+ compl)

la mesa tiene una pata rota — one of the table legs is broken

tengo las manos sucias — my hands are dirty

tienes el cinturón desabrochado — your belt's undone

lo tiene dominado — she has him under her thumb

lo tengo terminado — I've already finished it

me tiene muy preocupada — I'm very worried about it

nos tuvo allí esperando — he kept us waiting there

me tienen de sirvienta — they treat me like a maid

tengo a la niña enferma — my little girl's sick

12) ( considerar)

tener algo/a alguien por algo: se lo tiene por el mejor he/it is considered (to be) the best; siempre lo tuve por tímido I always thought he was shy; ten por seguro que lo hará — you can be sure he'll do it
2.
tener v aux

Sentido I

1)

a) (expresando obligación, necesidad)

tener que + inf — to have (got) to + inf

tengo que estudiar hoy — I have to o I must study today

no tienes más que apretar este botón — all you have to do is press this button

no tengo por qué darte cuentas a ti — I don't have to explain anything to you

tienes que comer más — you ought to eat more

b) (expresando propósito, recomendación)

tener que + inf: tenemos que ir a verla we must go and see her; tengo que hacer ejercicio I must get some exercise; tendrías que llamarlo — you should ring him

2) ( expresando certeza)

tener que + inf: tiene que estar en este cajón it must be in this drawer; tiene que haber sido él it must have been him; tú tenías que ser! — it had to be you!

Sentido II

3) ( con participio pasado)

¿tiene previsto asistir? — do you plan to attend?

tengo entendido que sí viene — I understand he is coming

te tengo dicho que eso no me gusta — I've told you before I don't like that

teníamos pensado irnos hoy — we intended leaving today

tiene bastante dinero ahorrado — she has quite a lot of money saved up

4) (AmL) ( en expresiones de tiempo)

tienen tres años de casados — they've been married for three years

tenía un año sin verlo — she hadn't seen him for a year
3.
tenerse v pron

1) ( sostenerse)

no podía tenerse en pie — he couldn't stand

no tenerse de sueño — to be dead o asleep on one's feet

2) (refl) ( considerarse)

tenerse por algo: se tiene por muy inteligente — he considers himself to be very intelligent

* * *

= bear, contain, have, hold, own, carry, have got, have + in place, live with, have at + Posesivo + disposal, possess.

Ex. Use a uniform title for an entry if the item bears a title proper that differs from the uniform title.

Ex. The label contains information about the record, indicating, for instance, its length, status, for example, new, amended, type and class.

Ex. Many of the aspects of the indexing process including, in particular, term selection and search logic have common features.

Ex. If the search is made with a call number, a summary of copies with that call number which are held by the library is first displayed.

Ex. For example, a person can consult the system holdings files to find out whether a library in the network owns a copy of the document.

Ex. Europe Environment carries useful reports on the activities of the lobby groups in the environmental, consumer protection and research fields.

Ex. Typical examples of enquiries of this kind that could be satisfied within minutes in any decently stocked library are ' Have you got anything on organising weddings?' 'Can you find me something on the history of paddle-steamers?'.

Ex. The first country to have in place an operational domestic geostationary satellite communications system was Canada.

Ex. Medical advances are improving the lives of people living with HIV/AIDS, while prevention remains the key to stopping the spread of this disease.

Ex. But this would require time and competencies, which not all policy makers have at their disposal.

Ex. Not every index necessarily exhibits all the features of either of these types of indexing systems, and indeed, some will possess elements of both types of systems.

----

* acabar teniendo = end up with.

* acontecimiento + tener lugar = occurrence + take place.

* a mí también me gustaría tener la misma oportunidad = turnabout is fair play.

* aquí tiene(s) = here is/are.

* a tener en cuenta en el futuro = for future reference.

* cambio + tener lugar = change + take place.

* curso que tiene lugar fuera de la universidad = extension course, off-campus course.

* dar gracias por lo que Uno tiene = count + Posesivo + blessings.

* del que se tiene constancia = recorded.

* demostrar que se tiene razón = prove + Posesivo + point.

* el cliente siempre tiene la razón = the customer is always right.

* empezar a tener dudas = get + cold feet.

* empezar a tener sentido = become + meaningful.

* estudiar + Nombre + teniendo en cuenta + Nombre = place + Nombre + against the background of + Nombre.

* hacer que tenga más valor = put + a premium on.

* hombre que tiene mucho mundo = a man of the world.

* lo que tenga que pasar, que pase = que sera sera, what's meant to be, will be, whatever will be, will be.

* lo que tenga que ser, será = que sera sera, whatever will be, will be, what's meant to be, will be.

* mujer que tiene mucho mundo = a woman of the world.

* necesitarse tener en cuenta = need + consideration.

* negar tener relación con = disclaim + connection with.

* no querer tener nada que ver con = want + nothing to do with.

* no tener alternativa = have + no choice.

* no tener apetito = be off + Posesivo + food, be off + Posesivo + oats.

* no tener constancia de Algo = unrecorded.

* no tener donde caerse muerto = not have two pennies to rub together.

* no tener dos dedos de frente = as thick as a brick, as thick as two (short) planks, as daft as a brush.

* no tener dos dedos de frnete = knucklehead.

* no tener en cuenta = disregard, overlook, skip over, be oblivious of/to, close + the door on, leave + Nombre + out of the picture, fly in + the face of, drop + Nombre + out of the picture.

* no tener errores = be error-free.

* no tener éxito = come up with + nothing, prove + unsuccessful, be unsuccessful.

* no tener fin = there + be + no end to.

* no tener fronteras = have + no boundaries.

* no tener fundamento = be unfounded.

* no tener ganas = can't/couldn't be bothered, can't/couldn't be bothered.

* no tener ganas de comer = be off + Posesivo + food, be off + Posesivo + oats.

* no tener hijos = be childless.

* no tener hogar = be homeless.

* no tener idea = have + no clue, have + no idea.

* no tener idea de = be clueless about, have + no understanding of.

* no tener importancia = be of no importance, make + no difference, be of no consequence.

* no tener información = be undocumented.

* no tener la más mínima idea sobre Algo = Negativo + have + the foggiest idea.

* no tener la menor importancia = be of no particular concern.

* no tener la necesidad de usar Algo = have + no use for.

* no tener la obligación de = be under no obligation.

* no tener la preparación = be untrained.

* no tener límite = have + no limit.

* no tener límites = be boundless.

* no tener lugar = fall through.

* no tener más alternativa que = have + no other option but.

* no tener más opción que = have + little choice but, have + no other option but.

* no tener más remedio que = be stuck with, be left with the need to, get + stuck with.

* no tener nada en contra de = have + no quarrel with, have + nothing against.

* no tener nada en contra de Algo = have + no quarrel about + Nombre.

* no tener nada que perder = have + nothing to lose.

* no tener nada que ver con = be irrelevant to.

* no tener ni idea sobre Algo = not know the first thing about.

* no tener ni la más mínima posibilidad = not to have a prayer.

* no tener ni la más remota posibilidad = not to have a prayer.

* no tener ningún escrúpulo en = have + no qualms about.

* no tener ningún fundamento = not have a leg to stand on.

* no tener ningún interés = can't/couldn't be bothered.

* no tener ningún problema con = be okay with.

* no tener ningún remilgo en = have + no qualms about.

* no tener ningún reparo = have + no qualms about.

* no tener ni pies ni cabeza = be pointless.

* no tener ni punto de comparación = be in a different league.

* no tener ni puta idea = not get + Posesivo + shit together.

* no tener ni puta idea sobre Algo = not know the first thing about.

* no tener ni un pelo de tonto = there are no flies (on/about) + Pronombre.

* no tener ni voz ni voto en = have + no say in.

* no tener noticias es buena señal = no news is good news.

* no tener opción = have + no choice.

* no tener otra alternativa = have + no choice.

* no tener otra alternativa que = have + no other option but.

* no tener otra opción = have + no choice.

* no tener otra opción que = have + no other option but.

* no tener otro objetivo que el de = have + no other purpose than.

* no tener otro sitio donde recurrir = have + nowhere else to turn.

* no tener parangón = be unequalled, be without peer.

* no tener pelos en la lengua = call + a spade a spade.

* no tener posibilidades = be dead meat.

* no tener prejuicios = be open-minded.

* no tener presente = be oblivious of/to.

* no tener que ir muy lejos = not have to look far.

* no tener razón = be wrong.

* no tener razón de ser + Infinitivo = there + be + no sense in + Gerundio.

* no tener reparos = make + no bones about + Algo.

* no tener reparos en admitir que = make + no bones about + Algo.

* no tener representación = be unrepresented.

* no tener respuesta = be unanswerable.

* no tener rival = be second to none.

* no tener rumbo = lose + Posesivo + way.

* no tener salida = be stuck, get + stuck.

* no tenerse en pie = Negativo + hold + water.

* no tener sentido = be meaningless, be pointless, be senseless.

* no tener sentido el + Infinitivo = there + be + no point in + Gerundio.

* no tener sentido + Infinitivo = there + be + little point in + Gerundio, there + be + no sense in + Gerundio.

* no tener suerte = be out of luck.

* no tener tiempo de nada = have + not a moment to spare.

* no tener trabajo = be unemployed.

* no tener trascendencia = be of no consequence.

* no tener un duro = not have a bean.

* no tener valor = be valueless.

* no tener vida privada = like being in a (gold)fish bowl.

* no terminar nunca de tener problemas con = have + no end of problems with.

* ¡Ojalá tuviera...! = I wish I had....

* ¡Ojalá tuviese...! = I wish I had....

* parece tener poco sentido que = there + seem + little point in.

* por si + tener + suerte = on spec.

* que no tiene compensación = non-compensatory [noncompensatory].

* que no tiene precio = priceless.

* que pase lo que tenga que pasar = que sera sera, whatever will be, will be, what's meant to be, will be.

* que tiene lugar una vez a la semana = once-weekly.

* que tiene precio = priced.

* que tiene sentido = meaningful.

* que tiene solución = solvable.

* revista que tiene una gran demanda popular = mass-market journal.

* sin tener = in the absence of.

* sin tener en cuenta = never mind, without regard to, independently of, disregarding, not including.

* sin tener en cuenta el hecho de que = overlook + the fact that.

* sin tener que recurrir a = without recourse to.

* tenemos intereses en ambas partes = our feet are in both worlds.

* tener a Alguien metido en un puño = have + Nombre + under + Posesivo + thumb.

* tener a cargo de uno = have + as + Posesivo + charge.

* tener acceso a información confidencial = be on the inside.

* tener acuerdos con = have + deals with.

* tener afinidades = share + common ground.

* tener aire acondiconado = be air-conditioned.

* tener a la disposición de Uno = have at + Posesivo + disposal.

* tener al alcance = have at + Posesivo + touch.

* tener Algo al alcance = have + Nombre + at + Posesivo + fingertips.

* tener algo a mano = have + Nombre + at + Posesivo + fingertips.

* tener + Algo + a + Posesivo + entera disposición = have + the run of the + Nombre.

* tener Algo bajo el control de Uno = have + Nombre + at + Posesivo + command.

* tener Algo claro = clarify + Posesivo + mind.

* tener Algo en común = have + Nombre + in common, share + Nombre + in common.

* tener algo en contra de = have + something against.

* tener Algo fácilmente accesible = have + Nombre + at + Posesivo + fingertips.

* tener Algo hecho a la medida de uno = have + Nombre + cut out.

* tener algo muy vivo en la mente de uno = be strong in + mind.

* tener algo que decir sobre = have + a say in.

* tener algo que ver con = have + something to do with.

* tener algo reservado = have + something up + Posesivo + sleeve.

* tener alguna incidencia en = have + some bearing on.

* tener alguna posibilidad = have + a fighting chance.

* tener alguna posibilidad de triunfar = have + a fighting chance.

* tener alguna relevancia para = have + some bearing on.

* tener alucinaciones = hallucinate.

* tener a mano = have at + Posesivo + touch, have + on call, have + to hand, keep within + reach, be to hand.

* tener ansias de = crave, crave for.

* tener antecedentes de = have + a track record of.

* tener antojo de = crave, crave for.

* tener a + Posesivo + cargo = have + in + Posesivo + charge.

* tener aspecto = look.

* tener atrasos = be in arrears.

* tener aversión a = have + aversion to.

* tener beneficios = have + benefits.

* tener buena mano con las plantas = have + a green thumb, have + green fingers.

* tener buen apetito = have + a good appetite.

* tener buenas intenciones = be well-intentioned, mean + well.

* tener buenas perspectivas para = be well-placed to.

* tener buen ojo para juzgar a la gente = be a good judge of character.

* tener bulla = be in a hurry.

* tener cabida para = hold, accommodate, include, take.

* tener calentura = have + a temperature, have + a fever.

* tener características en común = share + similarities.

* tener cara de muerto = look like + death warmed (over/up).

* tener carencias = find + wanting.

* tener carta blanca = have + carte-blanche.

* tener causa justificada = have + good cause.

* tener cautela = proceed + with caution.

* tener celos = feel + jealous.

* tener claro = be clear in your mind.

* tener coherencia = cohere.

* tener cólicos = be colicky.

* tener como consecuencia = result (in).

* tener como equivalente = have + counterpart.

* tener como motivo central = plan around + Nombre.

* tener como objetivo = have + as + Posesivo + objective, be in business for.

* tener como sede = headquarter (at/in).

* tener compasión de = have + compassion for.

* tener conocimiento de = be privy to, be aware of.

* tener consecuencias = have + consequences.

* tener consecuencias en = have + implication for.

* tener consecuencias negativas = backfire.

* tener contacto = have + contact.

* tener contactos = liaise (with/between).

* tener controlado a Alguien = have + Nombre + on the run.

* tener control sobre = have + hold on.

* tener coraje = pluck up + courage, gather up + courage.

* tener correlación con = bear + correlation with.

* tener correspondencia = bear + correspondence (to).

* tener cosas en común = share + common ground.

* tener cualidades + Adjetivo = be of + Adjetivo + quality.

* tener cuidado = exercise + care, exercise + caution, proceed + with caution, watch out, take + caution.

* tener cuidado con = watch for, beware (of/that), look out for, be wary of.

* tener cuidado con lo que se dice = say + the right thing.

* tener cuidado con lo que Uno dice = watch + Posesivo + mouth, watch what + say.

* tener cuidado de = be careful, be chary of, take + (great) pains to.

* tener cuidado (de que) = take + care (that).

* tener cultivos = grow + crops.

* tener debilidad por = have + a soft spot for.

* tener delante = have + before.

* tener demasiada prisa = be in too much of a hurry, be in too much of a rush.

* tener derecho a = be entitled to, have + a right to, entitle to, have + the right to, have + a say in.

* tener derecho a expresar + Posesivo + opinión = be entitled to + Posesivo + own opinion.

* tener derecho de paso = have + the right of way.

* tener dificultad = struggle, experience + difficulty, be hard pressed.

* tener dificultad de + Infinitivo = have + difficulty + Gerundio, have + difficulty in + Gerundio.

* tener dificultad en + Verbo = be at pains to + Infinitivo.

* tener dificultades = have + a hard time, have + a tough time.

* tener dinero a punta pala = roll in + Dinero.

* tener dominado a Alguien = have + Nombre + on the run.

* tener dudas = be doubtful, have + misgivings, have + reservations (about), be suspicious.

* tener dudas sobre = be ambivalent about.

* tener efecto = take + effect, have + effect.

* tener efecto sobre = impinge on/upon.

* tener el atrevimiento de = have + the nerve(s) to, have + the cheek to.

* tener el corazón de un león = have + the heart of a lion.

* tener el deber de = have + a responsibility to.

* tener el derecho de = have + the right to.

* tener el descaro de = have + the gall to, have + the nerve(s) to, have + the cheek to.

* tener el destino de = suffer + the fate of.

* tener el estatus profesional de + Nombre = have + Nombre + status.

* tener el gusto de = take + pleasure.

* tener el hábito de = have + the habit of.

* tener el honor de = have + the honour of.

* tener el lujo = have + luxury.

* tener el mando = rule + the roost.

* tener el mejor aspecto posible = look + Posesivo + best.

* tener el mismo destino = suffer + the same fate.

* tener el mono = suffer from + withdrawal symptoms.

* tener el placer de = take + pleasure.

* tener el plazo cumplido = be due.

* tener el plazo vencido = be overdue.

* tener el poder = be the boss, call + the shots, call + the tune, rule + the roost.

* tener el poder de = have + the power to.

* tener el toque mágico = have + the magic touch.

* tener el valor = have + the courage.

* tener el valor de = have + the guts to, have + the nerve(s) to, have + the cheek to.

* tener en común = hold in + common, tread + common ground.

* tener en común con = partake (in/of).

* tener en consideración = take into + consideration, take into + consideration.

* tener en cuenta = allow for, bear in + mind, cater for/to, consider (as), heed, make + allowances, take + account of, take + cognisance of, take + cognition of, take into + account, take into + consideration, make + provision for, bring into + play, give + an ear to, factor, have + regard for, factor in, be aware of, note, keep in + mind.

* tener en cuenta las posibilidades de Algo = consider + possibilities.

* tener en cuenta un punto de vista = take into + account + viewpoint, contemplate + view.

* tener en funcionamiento = have + in effect.

* tener en gran estima = have + a very high regard for.

* tener en mente = bear in + mind, have + in mind, keep in + mind.

* tener en observación = hold under + observation, keep under + observation.

* tener en reserva = hold in + reserve.

* tener entre manos = be up to.

* tener envidia de = envy.

* tener errores = be flawed.

* tener éxito = achieve + success, be successful, get + anywhere, meet + success, prove + successful, succeed, attain + appeal, be a success, find + success, come up + trumps, prove + trumps, take off, meet with + success, hit + the big time, be popular, go + strong.

* tener éxito en el mundo = succeed in + the world.

* tener éxito en la vida = succeed in + life, get on in + life.

* tener expectativas = hold + expectations, have + expectations.

* tener experiencia = have + experience.

* tener fácilmente accesible = have at + Posesivo + touch.

* tener fallos = be flawed.

* tener fe = have + faith (in).

* tener fe en = have + faith (in).

* tener fiebre = have + a temperature, have + a fever.

* tener fijación por = be hipped (on/to), get hipped (on/to).

* tener flatulencia = pass + gas, break + wind, pass + wind.

* tener forma + Adjetivo = be + Adjetivo + in shape.

* tener frenillo = lisp.

* tener fundamento para pensar que = have + reason to believe that.

* tener futuro = have + potential, there + be + a future for/in, have + a future.

* tener ganada la mitad de la batalla = be half the battle.

* tener ganada sólo la mitad de la batalla = be only half the battle.

* tener ganas de = be keen to, have + an/the inclination to.

* tener ganas de + Infinitivo = feel like + Gerundio.

* tener gancho = be engaging.

* tener gastos = incur + costs.

* tener gastos generales = incur + overheads.

* tener gran éxito = hit + a home run, hit it out of + the park, knock it out of + the park.

* tener gran importancia = be of high significance.

* tener gran repercusión = be far reaching.

* tener hambre = be hungry, feel + hungry.

* tener hambre después del esfuerzo = work up + an appetite.

* tener hijos = father + children, have + children.

* tener hipo = hiccup.

* tener horario ajustado = be under time constraint.

* tener horror a = loathe, hate.

* tener idea = have + a clue.

* tener impacto = make + impact.

* tener impacto (sobre) = have + impact (on).

* tener implicaciones para = have + implication for.

* tener importancia = carry + weight, have + high profile, be of consequence.

* tener indigestión = have + indigestion.

* tener influencias = have + pull.

* tener influencia sobre = have + hold on.

* tener iniciativa = be proactive.

* tener intereses en = have + a stake in.

* tener intereses en juego = have + invested.

* tener interés por = have + an interest in.

* tener interés por/en = be interested in.

* tener inventiva = be inventive.

* tener jurisdicción = have + jurisdiction (over).

* tener la autoridad = have + mandate.

* tener la bragueta abierta = fly + be undone.

* tener la capacidad de = have + the potential (to/for).

* tener la cara de = have + the nerve(s) to, have + the cheek to.

* tener la cara descompuesta = look like + death warmed (over/up).

* tener la categoría profesional de + Nombre = hold + Nombre + rank, have + Nombre + rank, enjoy + Nombre + rank.

* tener la certeza de = feel + confident.

* tener la certeza de que = rest + assured that.

* tener la conciencia limpia = have + a clear conscience.

* tener la conciencia tranquila = have + a clear conscience.

* tener la convicción = it + be + Posesivo + understanding.

* tener la costumbre de = have + a habit of, have + the habit of.

* tener la costumbre de + Infinitivo = be in the habit of + Gerundio.

* tener la cuenta bancaria = bank.

* tener la culpa (por/de) = be at fault (for/to).

* tener la culpa de Algo que se ha causado Uno mismo = be of + Posesivo + own making.

* tener la desfachatez de = have + the gall to, have + the nerve(s) to, have + the cheek to.

* tener la desvergüenza de = have + the nerve(s) to, have + the cheek to.

* tener la doble función = double as, double up as.

* tener la facultad de = have + powers to.

* tener la fama de = have + a good record for.

* tener la fecha de + Fecha = be dated + Fecha.

* tener la frescura de = have + the nerve(s) to, have + the cheek to.

* tener la función de = be in the business of.

* tener la impresión = have + the impression, get + the impression.

* tener la impresión de que = get + the feeling that.

* tener la intención de = be intended to, intend, mean.

* tener la intención de + Infinitivo = set out to + Infinitivo.

* tener la libertad de = be at liberty to, feel + free to.

* tener la libertard de/para = have + the latitude to.

* tener la malafortuna de = have + the misfortune to.

* tener la mirada perdida = stare into + space, gaze into + space.

* tener la misma importancia = carry + equal weight.

* tener la obligación de = be under the obligation to.

* tener la ocasión de = have + opportunity to.

* tener la oficina central en = headquarter (at/in).

* tener la opinión = it + be + Posesivo + understanding.

* tener la oportunidad = have + the opportunity.

* tener la oportunidad de = get + (a/the) + chance to, have + opportunity to, get + a chance to.

* tener la osadía de = have + the gall to, have + the nerve(s) to, have + the cheek to.

* tener la paciencia del santo Job = have + the patience of Job.

* tener la paciencia de un santo = have + the patience of a saint.

* tener la posibilidad de = have + chance.

* tener la potestad = have + mandate.

* tener la potestad de = have + the power to, have + the right to.

* tener lapsus = have + lapses.

* tener la reputación de ser = be well known for.

* tener la responsabilidad = charge, undertake + burden.

* tener la responsabilidad de = have + the responsibility of.

* tener la sartén por el mango = call + the shots, be the boss, call + the tune, rule + the roost.

* tener la seguridad de = have + the security of.

* tener la seguridad de que = rest + assured that.

* tener la sensación de que = have + a gut feeling that.

* tener las mismas prerrogativas = have + an equal voice in.

* tener las riendas de = hold + the reins of.

* tener las riendas del poder = hold + the reins of power.

* tener lástima = pity.

* tener lástima de = take + pity on.

* tener la tentación de = be tempted to.

* tener la última palabra = have + the ultimate say, have + the final say, call + the shots, be the boss, call + the tune, rule + the roost.

* tener la vista cansada = need + reading glasses.

* tenerle manía a Alguien = have + it in for + Nombre.

* tenerle rabia a Alguien = have + it in for + Nombre.

* tenerle tirria a Alguien = have + it in for + Nombre.

* tener libertad = have + freedom.

* tener libertad sobre = have + wide discretion over.

* tenerlo crudo = not be easy.

* tenerlo difícil = not be easy, not be easy.

* tenerlo duro = not be easy.

* tenerlo fácil = have + an easy ride.

* tener lo mejor de ambos mundos = have + the best of both worlds.

* tener lo mejor de los dos mundos = have + the best of both worlds.

* tener lo que hace falta = have + what it takes.

* tener lo que hay que tener = have + what it takes.

* tener lo que se necesita = have + what it takes.

* tener los días contados = day + be + numbered, be doomed, doomed, be dead meat, the (hand)writing + be + on the wall, see it + coming.

* tener los nervios de punta = have + butterflies in + Posesivo + stomach.

* tener los nervios en el estómago = have + butterflies in + Posesivo + stomach.

* tener los pies firmemente en el suelo = feet + be + firmly planted on the ground.

* tenerlo todo = have + the best of both worlds.

* tenerlo todo hecho = have + an easy ride.

* tener lugar = take + place, go on, come to + pass.

* tener madera de = be cut out for.

* tener mala fama por = hold in + disrepute, be infamous for.

* tener malas conexiones con = have + poor connections with.

* tener malas intenciones = be up to no good, get up to + no good.

* tener mal de amores = be lovesick.

* tener mal ojo para juzgar a la gente = be a bad judge of character.

* tener más paciencia que el santo Job = have + the patience of Job.

* tener más paciencia que un santo = have + the patience of a saint.

* tener mérito = be meritorious.

* tener miedo = be afraid, be in fear, frighten.

* tener miedo a = be scared of.

* tener miedo a Alguien = regard + Nombre + with fear.

* tener motivo = be right.

* tener motivo justificado = have + good cause.

* tener motivo para = have + cause to.

* tener movilidad = be mobile.

* tener mucha distancia que recorrer = have + a long way to go.

* tener mucha ilusión = be thrilled.

* tener mucha personalidad = be full of character.

* tener mucho camino que recorrer = have + a long way to go.

* tener mucho carácter = be full of character.

* tener mucho cuidado = be extra vigilant.

* tener mucho éxito = hit + a home run, hit it out of + the park, knock it out of + the park.

* tener mucho interés en = have + a high stake in.

* tener mucho interés por = be keen to.

* tener mucho que ver con = have + a great deal to do with.

* tener mucho tiempo libre = have + plenty of time to spare.

* tener muy mala cara = look like + death warmed (over/up).

* tener niños = have + children.

* tener + Nombre = be not without + Nombre.

* tener noticias de = hear from.

* tener + Número + Período de Tiempo = be + Período de Tiempo + old.

* tener obligación = have + obligation.

* tener obsesión con = be hipped (on/to), get hipped (on/to).

* tener ojeras = have + bags under + Posesivo + eyes.

* tener ojos en la nuca = have + eyes in the back of + Posesivo + head.

* tener opinión = take + view.

* tener paciencia = be patient.

* tener paciencia con = bear with + Pronombre.

* tener palabra = keep + Posesivo + word, live up to + Posesivo + word.

* tener paralelo = have + parallel.

* tener pelos en la lengua = mince + words.

* tener pérdidas = make + a loss.

* tener perplejo = stump.

* tener plena conciencia de = be fully aware of.

* tener poca información = be information poor.

* tener pocas luces = as thick as a brick, as thick as two (short) planks, as daft as a brush, knucklehead.

* tener pocas posibilidades de = have + little recourse.

* tener poco que ver = have + little to do.

* tener poco valor = be of little value.

* tener por costumbre + Infinitivo = be in the habit of + Gerundio.

* tener por término medio = average.

* tener posibilidades = stand + chance, be in with a chance.

* tener potencial = have + potential.

* tener precaución de = be chary of.

* tener precedencia = take + priority.

* tener preferencia = be preferential, have + the right of way.

* tener preferencia (sobre) = take + precedence (over).

* tener presente = be mindful of/that, bear in + mind, consider (as), keep in + focus, keep in + mind, make + consideration, mind, make + provision for, have + regard for, be aware of.

* tener presente las posibilidades de Algo = consider + possibilities.

* tener prioridad = trump.

* tener prisa = be in a hurry.

* tener problema con Algo = experience + trouble with.

* tener problemas = have + problems.

* tener problemas con = fall + foul of, run + afoul of problems, run + afoul of, fall + afoul of.

* tener problemas con la ley = fall + foul of the law, go + afoul of the law, fall + afoul of the law.

* tener programado su comienzo = be scheduled to start.

* tener programado su finalización = be scheduled for completion.

* tener pros y contras = be a mixed blessing.

* tener que = have to, hafta [have to].

* tener que aguantar Algo = be stuck with, get + stuck with.

* tener que arreglárselas solo = leave (up) to + Posesivo + own resources, leave to + Posesivo + own devices.

* tener que cargar con = be stuck with, saddle with, get + stuck with.

* tener que cargar con el peso de = be burdened with.

* tener que cargar con el peso de la tradición = be burdened with + tradition.

* tener que competir con = face + competition from.

* tener + que felicitar a Alguien = have to hand it to + Nombre.

* tener que ocurrir = be boun.

* * *
1.
verbo transitivo [El uso de 'got' en frases como 'I've got a new dress' está mucho más extendido en el inglés británico que en el americano. Éste prefiere la forma 'I have a new dress']

Sentido I

1) (poseer, disponer de) <dinero/trabajo/tiempo> to have

¿tienen hijos? — do they have any children?, have they got any children?

no tenemos pan — we don't have any bread, we haven't got any bread

no tengo a quién recurrir — I have nobody to turn to

tú no tienes idea de lo que fue — you've no idea what it was like

aquí tienes al culpable — here's o this is the culprit

ahí tienes! yo te lo dije — there you are! I told you so

¿conque ésas tenemos? — so that's the way things are, is it?

2)

a) ( llevar encima) to have

¿tiene hora? — have you got the time?

b) ( llevar puesto) to be wearing

qué traje más elegante tienes! — that's a smart suit you're wearing!

3) (hablando de actividades, obligaciones) to have

tengo invitados a cenar — I have o I've got some people coming to dinner

tenemos clases mañana — we've got school tomorrow

tener... que + inf — to have... to + inf

tengo cosas que hacer — I have o I've got things to do

4)

a) (señalando características, atributos) to have

tiene el pelo largo — she has o she's got long hair

tiene mucho tacto — he's very tactful

la casa tiene mucha luz — the house is very light o gets a lot of light

tiene un metro de largo — it is one meter long

tiene mucho de su padre — he's very much like his father

¿y eso qué tiene de malo? — and what's so bad about that?

no tiene nada de extraño — there's nothing strange about it

le lleva 15 años - ¿y eso qué tiene? — (AmL fam) she's 15 years older than he is - so what does that matter?

b) ( expresando edad)

¿cuántos años tienes? — how old are you?

tengo veinte años — I'm twenty (years old)

c) ( con idea de posibilidad)

no creo que tenga arreglo — I don't think it can be fixed

el problema tiene solución — there is a solution to the problem

5) ( dar a luz) <bebé/gemelos> to have

Sentido II

6) (sujetar, sostener) to hold

tenlo derecho — hold it upright

7) ( tomar)

ten la llave — take o here's the key

Sentido III

8) ( recibir) to have

no hemos tenido noticias de él — we haven't heard from him

la propuesta tuvo una acogida favorable — the proposal was favorably received

9)

a) ( sentir)

tengo hambre/sueño/frío — I'm hungry/tired/cold

tiene celos de su hermano — she's jealous of her brother

no tiene interés por nada — she's not interested in anything

le tengo mucho cariño — I'm very fond of him

tengo el placer de... — it gives me great pleasure to...

¿qué tienes? — what's wrong?, what's the matter?

b) (refiriéndose a síntomas, enfermedades) to have

tengo dolor de cabeza — I have o I've got a headache

no saben lo que tiene — they don't know what's wrong with him

c) (refiriéndose a experiencias, sucesos) to have

que tengas buen viaje — have a good trip

tener una discusión con alguien — to have an argument with somebody

10) ( refiriéndose a actitudes)

ten más respeto — have a little more respect

ten paciencia/cuidado — be patient/careful

Sentido IV

11) (indicando estado, situación) (+ compl)

la mesa tiene una pata rota — one of the table legs is broken

tengo las manos sucias — my hands are dirty

tienes el cinturón desabrochado — your belt's undone

lo tiene dominado — she has him under her thumb

lo tengo terminado — I've already finished it

me tiene muy preocupada — I'm very worried about it

nos tuvo allí esperando — he kept us waiting there

me tienen de sirvienta — they treat me like a maid

tengo a la niña enferma — my little girl's sick

12) ( considerar)

tener algo/a alguien por algo: se lo tiene por el mejor he/it is considered (to be) the best; siempre lo tuve por tímido I always thought he was shy; ten por seguro que lo hará — you can be sure he'll do it
2.
tener v aux

Sentido I

1)

a) (expresando obligación, necesidad)

tener que + inf — to have (got) to + inf

tengo que estudiar hoy — I have to o I must study today

no tienes más que apretar este botón — all you have to do is press this button

no tengo por qué darte cuentas a ti — I don't have to explain anything to you

tienes que comer más — you ought to eat more

b) (expresando propósito, recomendación)

tener que + inf: tenemos que ir a verla we must go and see her; tengo que hacer ejercicio I must get some exercise; tendrías que llamarlo — you should ring him

2) ( expresando certeza)

tener que + inf: tiene que estar en este cajón it must be in this drawer; tiene que haber sido él it must have been him; tú tenías que ser! — it had to be you!

Sentido II

3) ( con participio pasado)

¿tiene previsto asistir? — do you plan to attend?

tengo entendido que sí viene — I understand he is coming

te tengo dicho que eso no me gusta — I've told you before I don't like that

teníamos pensado irnos hoy — we intended leaving today

tiene bastante dinero ahorrado — she has quite a lot of money saved up

4) (AmL) ( en expresiones de tiempo)

tienen tres años de casados — they've been married for three years

tenía un año sin verlo — she hadn't seen him for a year
3.
tenerse v pron

1) ( sostenerse)

no podía tenerse en pie — he couldn't stand

no tenerse de sueño — to be dead o asleep on one's feet

2) (refl) ( considerarse)

tenerse por algo: se tiene por muy inteligente — he considers himself to be very intelligent

* * *

= bear, contain, have, hold, own, carry, have got, have + in place, live with, have at + Posesivo + disposal, possess.

Ex: Use a uniform title for an entry if the item bears a title proper that differs from the uniform title.

Ex: The label contains information about the record, indicating, for instance, its length, status, for example, new, amended, type and class.

Ex: Many of the aspects of the indexing process including, in particular, term selection and search logic have common features.

Ex: If the search is made with a call number, a summary of copies with that call number which are held by the library is first displayed.

Ex: For example, a person can consult the system holdings files to find out whether a library in the network owns a copy of the document.

Ex: Europe Environment carries useful reports on the activities of the lobby groups in the environmental, consumer protection and research fields.

Ex: Typical examples of enquiries of this kind that could be satisfied within minutes in any decently stocked library are ' Have you got anything on organising weddings?' 'Can you find me something on the history of paddle-steamers?'.

Ex: The first country to have in place an operational domestic geostationary satellite communications system was Canada.

Ex: Medical advances are improving the lives of people living with HIV/AIDS, while prevention remains the key to stopping the spread of this disease.

Ex: But this would require time and competencies, which not all policy makers have at their disposal.

Ex: Not every index necessarily exhibits all the features of either of these types of indexing systems, and indeed, some will possess elements of both types of systems.

* acabar teniendo = end up with.

* acontecimiento + tener lugar = occurrence + take place.

* a mí también me gustaría tener la misma oportunidad = turnabout is fair play.

* aquí tiene(s) = here is/are.

* a tener en cuenta en el futuro = for future reference.

* cambio + tener lugar = change + take place.

* curso que tiene lugar fuera de la universidad = extension course, off-campus course.

* dar gracias por lo que Uno tiene = count + Posesivo + blessings.

* del que se tiene constancia = recorded.

* demostrar que se tiene razón = prove + Posesivo + point.

* el cliente siempre tiene la razón = the customer is always right.

* empezar a tener dudas = get + cold feet.

* empezar a tener sentido = become + meaningful.

* estudiar + Nombre + teniendo en cuenta + Nombre = place + Nombre + against the background of + Nombre.

* hacer que tenga más valor = put + a premium on.

* hombre que tiene mucho mundo = a man of the world.

* lo que tenga que pasar, que pase = que sera sera, what's meant to be, will be, whatever will be, will be.

* lo que tenga que ser, será = que sera sera, whatever will be, will be, what's meant to be, will be.

* mujer que tiene mucho mundo = a woman of the world.

* necesitarse tener en cuenta = need + consideration.

* negar tener relación con = disclaim + connection with.

* no querer tener nada que ver con = want + nothing to do with.

* no tener alternativa = have + no choice.

* no tener apetito = be off + Posesivo + food, be off + Posesivo + oats.

* no tener constancia de Algo = unrecorded.

* no tener donde caerse muerto = not have two pennies to rub together.

* no tener dos dedos de frente = as thick as a brick, as thick as two (short) planks, as daft as a brush.

* no tener dos dedos de frnete = knucklehead.

* no tener en cuenta = disregard, overlook, skip over, be oblivious of/to, close + the door on, leave + Nombre + out of the picture, fly in + the face of, drop + Nombre + out of the picture.

* no tener errores = be error-free.

* no tener éxito = come up with + nothing, prove + unsuccessful, be unsuccessful.

* no tener fin = there + be + no end to.

* no tener fronteras = have + no boundaries.

* no tener fundamento = be unfounded.

* no tener ganas = can't/couldn't be bothered, can't/couldn't be bothered.

* no tener ganas de comer = be off + Posesivo + food, be off + Posesivo + oats.

* no tener hijos = be childless.

* no tener hogar = be homeless.

* no tener idea = have + no clue, have + no idea.

* no tener idea de = be clueless about, have + no understanding of.

* no tener importancia = be of no importance, make + no difference, be of no consequence.

* no tener información = be undocumented.

* no tener la más mínima idea sobre Algo = Negativo + have + the foggiest idea.

* no tener la menor importancia = be of no particular concern.

* no tener la necesidad de usar Algo = have + no use for.

* no tener la obligación de = be under no obligation.

* no tener la preparación = be untrained.

* no tener límite = have + no limit.

* no tener límites = be boundless.

* no tener lugar = fall through.

* no tener más alternativa que = have + no other option but.

* no tener más opción que = have + little choice but, have + no other option but.

* no tener más remedio que = be stuck with, be left with the need to, get + stuck with.

* no tener nada en contra de = have + no quarrel with, have + nothing against.

* no tener nada en contra de Algo = have + no quarrel about + Nombre.

* no tener nada que perder = have + nothing to lose.

* no tener nada que ver con = be irrelevant to.

* no tener ni idea sobre Algo = not know the first thing about.

* no tener ni la más mínima posibilidad = not to have a prayer.

* no tener ni la más remota posibilidad = not to have a prayer.

* no tener ningún escrúpulo en = have + no qualms about.

* no tener ningún fundamento = not have a leg to stand on.

* no tener ningún interés = can't/couldn't be bothered.

* no tener ningún problema con = be okay with.

* no tener ningún remilgo en = have + no qualms about.

* no tener ningún reparo = have + no qualms about.

* no tener ni pies ni cabeza = be pointless.

* no tener ni punto de comparación = be in a different league.

* no tener ni puta idea = not get + Posesivo + shit together.

* no tener ni puta idea sobre Algo = not know the first thing about.

* no tener ni un pelo de tonto = there are no flies (on/about) + Pronombre.

* no tener ni voz ni voto en = have + no say in.

* no tener noticias es buena señal = no news is good news.

* no tener opción = have + no choice.

* no tener otra alternativa = have + no choice.

* no tener otra alternativa que = have + no other option but.

* no tener otra opción = have + no choice.

* no tener otra opción que = have + no other option but.

* no tener otro objetivo que el de = have + no other purpose than.

* no tener otro sitio donde recurrir = have + nowhere else to turn.

* no tener parangón = be unequalled, be without peer.

* no tener pelos en la lengua = call + a spade a spade.

* no tener posibilidades = be dead meat.

* no tener prejuicios = be open-minded.

* no tener presente = be oblivious of/to.

* no tener que ir muy lejos = not have to look far.

* no tener razón = be wrong.

* no tener razón de ser + Infinitivo = there + be + no sense in + Gerundio.

* no tener reparos = make + no bones about + Algo.

* no tener reparos en admitir que = make + no bones about + Algo.

* no tener representación = be unrepresented.

* no tener respuesta = be unanswerable.

* no tener rival = be second to none.

* no tener rumbo = lose + Posesivo + way.

* no tener salida = be stuck, get + stuck.

* no tenerse en pie = Negativo + hold + water.

* no tener sentido = be meaningless, be pointless, be senseless.

* no tener sentido el + Infinitivo = there + be + no point in + Gerundio.

* no tener sentido + Infinitivo = there + be + little point in + Gerundio, there + be + no sense in + Gerundio.

* no tener suerte = be out of luck.

* no tener tiempo de nada = have + not a moment to spare.

* no tener trabajo = be unemployed.

* no tener trascendencia = be of no consequence.

* no tener un duro = not have a bean.

* no tener valor = be valueless.

* no tener vida privada = like being in a (gold)fish bowl.

* no terminar nunca de tener problemas con = have + no end of problems with.

* ¡Ojalá tuviera...! = I wish I had....

* ¡Ojalá tuviese...! = I wish I had....

* parece tener poco sentido que = there + seem + little point in.

* por si + tener + suerte = on spec.

* que no tiene compensación = non-compensatory [noncompensatory].

* que no tiene precio = priceless.

* que pase lo que tenga que pasar = que sera sera, whatever will be, will be, what's meant to be, will be.

* que tiene lugar una vez a la semana = once-weekly.

* que tiene precio = priced.

* que tiene sentido = meaningful.

* que tiene solución = solvable.

* revista que tiene una gran demanda popular = mass-market journal.

* sin tener = in the absence of.

* sin tener en cuenta = never mind, without regard to, independently of, disregarding, not including.

* sin tener en cuenta el hecho de que = overlook + the fact that.

* sin tener que recurrir a = without recourse to.

* tenemos intereses en ambas partes = our feet are in both worlds.

* tener a Alguien metido en un puño = have + Nombre + under + Posesivo + thumb.

* tener a cargo de uno = have + as + Posesivo + charge.

* tener acceso a información confidencial = be on the inside.

* tener acuerdos con = have + deals with.

* tener afinidades = share + common ground.

* tener aire acondiconado = be air-conditioned.

* tener a la disposición de Uno = have at + Posesivo + disposal.

* tener al alcance = have at + Posesivo + touch.

* tener Algo al alcance = have + Nombre + at + Posesivo + fingertips.

* tener algo a mano = have + Nombre + at + Posesivo + fingertips.

* tener + Algo + a + Posesivo + entera disposición = have + the run of the + Nombre.

* tener Algo bajo el control de Uno = have + Nombre + at + Posesivo + command.

* tener Algo claro = clarify + Posesivo + mind.

* tener Algo en común = have + Nombre + in common, share + Nombre + in common.

* tener algo en contra de = have + something against.

* tener Algo fácilmente accesible = have + Nombre + at + Posesivo + fingertips.

* tener Algo hecho a la medida de uno = have + Nombre + cut out.

* tener algo muy vivo en la mente de uno = be strong in + mind.

* tener algo que decir sobre = have + a say in.

* tener algo que ver con = have + something to do with.

* tener algo reservado = have + something up + Posesivo + sleeve.

* tener alguna incidencia en = have + some bearing on.

* tener alguna posibilidad = have + a fighting chance.

* tener alguna posibilidad de triunfar = have + a fighting chance.

* tener alguna relevancia para = have + some bearing on.

* tener alucinaciones = hallucinate.

* tener a mano = have at + Posesivo + touch, have + on call, have + to hand, keep within + reach, be to hand.

* tener ansias de = crave, crave for.

* tener antecedentes de = have + a track record of.

* tener antojo de = crave, crave for.

* tener a + Posesivo + cargo = have + in + Posesivo + charge.

* tener aspecto = look.

* tener atrasos = be in arrears.

* tener aversión a = have + aversion to.

* tener beneficios = have + benefits.

* tener buena mano con las plantas = have + a green thumb, have + green fingers.

* tener buen apetito = have + a good appetite.

* tener buenas intenciones = be well-intentioned, mean + well.

* tener buenas perspectivas para = be well-placed to.

* tener buen ojo para juzgar a la gente = be a good judge of character.

* tener bulla = be in a hurry.

* tener cabida para = hold, accommodate, include, take.

* tener calentura = have + a temperature, have + a fever.

* tener características en común = share + similarities.

* tener cara de muerto = look like + death warmed (over/up).

* tener carencias = find + wanting.

* tener carta blanca = have + carte-blanche.

* tener causa justificada = have + good cause.

* tener cautela = proceed + with caution.

* tener celos = feel + jealous.

* tener claro = be clear in your mind.

* tener coherencia = cohere.

* tener cólicos = be colicky.

* tener como consecuencia = result (in).

* tener como equivalente = have + counterpart.

* tener como motivo central = plan around + Nombre.

* tener como objetivo = have + as + Posesivo + objective, be in business for.

* tener como sede = headquarter (at/in).

* tener compasión de = have + compassion for.

* tener conocimiento de = be privy to, be aware of.

* tener consecuencias = have + consequences.

* tener consecuencias en = have + implication for.

* tener consecuencias negativas = backfire.

* tener contacto = have + contact.

* tener contactos = liaise (with/between).

* tener controlado a Alguien = have + Nombre + on the run.

* tener control sobre = have + hold on.

* tener coraje = pluck up + courage, gather up + courage.

* tener correlación con = bear + correlation with.

* tener correspondencia = bear + correspondence (to).

* tener cosas en común = share + common ground.

* tener cualidades + Adjetivo = be of + Adjetivo + quality.

* tener cuidado = exercise + care, exercise + caution, proceed + with caution, watch out, take + caution.

* tener cuidado con = watch for, beware (of/that), look out for, be wary of.

* tener cuidado con lo que se dice = say + the right thing.

* tener cuidado con lo que Uno dice = watch + Posesivo + mouth, watch what + say.

* tener cuidado de = be careful, be chary of, take + (great) pains to.

* tener cuidado (de que) = take + care (that).

* tener cultivos = grow + crops.

* tener debilidad por = have + a soft spot for.

* tener delante = have + before.

* tener demasiada prisa = be in too much of a hurry, be in too much of a rush.

* tener derecho a = be entitled to, have + a right to, entitle to, have + the right to, have + a say in.

* tener derecho a expresar + Posesivo + opinión = be entitled to + Posesivo + own opinion.

* tener derecho de paso = have + the right of way.

* tener dificultad = struggle, experience + difficulty, be hard pressed.

* tener dificultad de + Infinitivo = have + difficulty + Gerundio, have + difficulty in + Gerundio.

* tener dificultad en + Verbo = be at pains to + Infinitivo.

* tener dificultades = have + a hard time, have + a tough time.

* tener dinero a punta pala = roll in + Dinero.

* tener dominado a Alguien = have + Nombre + on the run.

* tener dudas = be doubtful, have + misgivings, have + reservations (about), be suspicious.

* tener dudas sobre = be ambivalent about.

* tener efecto = take + effect, have + effect.

* tener efecto sobre = impinge on/upon.

* tener el atrevimiento de = have + the nerve(s) to, have + the cheek to.

* tener el corazón de un león = have + the heart of a lion.

* tener el deber de = have + a responsibility to.

* tener el derecho de = have + the right to.

* tener el descaro de = have + the gall to, have + the nerve(s) to, have + the cheek to.

* tener el destino de = suffer + the fate of.

* tener el estatus profesional de + Nombre = have + Nombre + status.

* tener el gusto de = take + pleasure.

* tener el hábito de = have + the habit of.

* tener el honor de = have + the honour of.

* tener el lujo = have + luxury.

* tener el mando = rule + the roost.

* tener el mejor aspecto posible = look + Posesivo + best.

* tener el mismo destino = suffer + the same fate.

* tener el mono = suffer from + withdrawal symptoms.

* tener el placer de = take + pleasure.

* tener el plazo cumplido = be due.

* tener el plazo vencido = be overdue.

* tener el poder = be the boss, call + the shots, call + the tune, rule + the roost.

* tener el poder de = have + the power to.

* tener el toque mágico = have + the magic touch.

* tener el valor = have + the courage.

* tener el valor de = have + the guts to, have + the nerve(s) to, have + the cheek to.

* tener en común = hold in + common, tread + common ground.

* tener en común con = partake (in/of).

* tener en consideración = take into + consideration, take into + consideration.

* tener en cuenta = allow for, bear in + mind, cater for/to, consider (as), heed, make + allowances, take + account of, take + cognisance of, take + cognition of, take into + account, take into + consideration, make + provision for, bring into + play, give + an ear to, factor, have + regard for, factor in, be aware of, note, keep in + mind.

* tener en cuenta las posibilidades de Algo = consider + possibilities.

* tener en cuenta un punto de vista = take into + account + viewpoint, contemplate + view.

* tener en funcionamiento = have + in effect.

* tener en gran estima = have + a very high regard for.

* tener en mente = bear in + mind, have + in mind, keep in + mind.

* tener en observación = hold under + observation, keep under + observation.

* tener en reserva = hold in + reserve.

* tener entre manos = be up to.

* tener envidia de = envy.

* tener errores = be flawed.

* tener éxito = achieve + success, be successful, get + anywhere, meet + success, prove + successful, succeed, attain + appeal, be a success, find + success, come up + trumps, prove + trumps, take off, meet with + success, hit + the big time, be popular, go + strong.

* tener éxito en el mundo = succeed in + the world.

* tener éxito en la vida = succeed in + life, get on in + life.

* tener expectativas = hold + expectations, have + expectations.

* tener experiencia = have + experience.

* tener fácilmente accesible = have at + Posesivo + touch.

* tener fallos = be flawed.

* tener fe = have + faith (in).

* tener fe en = have + faith (in).

* tener fiebre = have + a temperature, have + a fever.

* tener fijación por = be hipped (on/to), get hipped (on/to).

* tener flatulencia = pass + gas, break + wind, pass + wind.

* tener forma + Adjetivo = be + Adjetivo + in shape.

* tener frenillo = lisp.

* tener fundamento para pensar que = have + reason to believe that.

* tener futuro = have + potential, there + be + a future for/in, have + a future.

* tener ganada la mitad de la batalla = be half the battle.

* tener ganada sólo la mitad de la batalla = be only half the battle.

* tener ganas de = be keen to, have + an/the inclination to.

* tener ganas de + Infinitivo = feel like + Gerundio.

* tener gancho = be engaging.

* tener gastos = incur + costs.

* tener gastos generales = incur + overheads.

* tener gran éxito = hit + a home run, hit it out of + the park, knock it out of + the park.

* tener gran importancia = be of high significance.

* tener gran repercusión = be far reaching.

* tener hambre = be hungry, feel + hungry.

* tener hambre después del esfuerzo = work up + an appetite.

* tener hijos = father + children, have + children.

* tener hipo = hiccup.

* tener horario ajustado = be under time constraint.

* tener horror a = loathe, hate.

* tener idea = have + a clue.

* tener impacto = make + impact.

* tener impacto (sobre) = have + impact (on).

* tener implicaciones para = have + implication for.

* tener importancia = carry + weight, have + high profile, be of consequence.

* tener indigestión = have + indigestion.

* tener influencias = have + pull.

* tener influencia sobre = have + hold on.

* tener iniciativa = be proactive.

* tener intereses en = have + a stake in.

* tener intereses en juego = have + invested.

* tener interés por = have + an interest in.

* tener interés por/en = be interested in.

* tener inventiva = be inventive.

* tener jurisdicción = have + jurisdiction (over).

* tener la autoridad = have + mandate.

* tener la bragueta abierta = fly + be undone.

* tener la capacidad de = have + the potential (to/for).

* tener la cara de = have + the nerve(s) to, have + the cheek to.

* tener la cara descompuesta = look like + death warmed (over/up).

* tener la categoría profesional de + Nombre = hold + Nombre + rank, have + Nombre + rank, enjoy + Nombre + rank.

* tener la certeza de = feel + confident.

* tener la certeza de que = rest + assured that.

* tener la conciencia limpia = have + a clear conscience.

* tener la conciencia tranquila = have + a clear conscience.

* tener la convicción = it + be + Posesivo + understanding.

* tener la costumbre de = have + a habit of, have + the habit of.

* tener la costumbre de + Infinitivo = be in the habit of + Gerundio.

* tener la cuenta bancaria = bank.

* tener la culpa (por/de) = be at fault (for/to).

* tener la culpa de Algo que se ha causado Uno mismo = be of + Posesivo + own making.

* tener la desfachatez de = have + the gall to, have + the nerve(s) to, have + the cheek to.

* tener la desvergüenza de = have + the nerve(s) to, have + the cheek to.

* tener la doble función = double as, double up as.

* tener la facultad de = have + powers to.

* tener la fama de = have + a good record for.

* tener la fecha de + Fecha = be dated + Fecha.

* tener la frescura de = have + the nerve(s) to, have + the cheek to.

* tener la función de = be in the business of.

* tener la impresión = have + the impression, get + the impression.

* tener la impresión de que = get + the feeling that.

* tener la intención de = be intended to, intend, mean.

* tener la intención de + Infinitivo = set out to + Infinitivo.

* tener la libertad de = be at liberty to, feel + free to.

* tener la libertard de/para = have + the latitude to.

* tener la malafortuna de = have + the misfortune to.

* tener la mirada perdida = stare into + space, gaze into + space.

* tener la misma importancia = carry + equal weight.

* tener la obligación de = be under the obligation to.

* tener la ocasión de = have + opportunity to.

* tener la oficina central en = headquarter (at/in).

* tener la opinión = it + be + Posesivo + understanding.

* tener la oportunidad = have + the opportunity.

* tener la oportunidad de = get + (a/the) + chance to, have + opportunity to, get + a chance to.

* tener la osadía de = have + the gall to, have + the nerve(s) to, have + the cheek to.

* tener la paciencia del santo Job = have + the patience of Job.

* tener la paciencia de un santo = have + the patience of a saint.

* tener la posibilidad de = have + chance.

* tener la potestad = have + mandate.

* tener la potestad de = have + the power to, have + the right to.

* tener lapsus = have + lapses.

* tener la reputación de ser = be well known for.

* tener la responsabilidad = charge, undertake + burden.

* tener la responsabilidad de = have + the responsibility of.

* tener la sartén por el mango = call + the shots, be the boss, call + the tune, rule + the roost.

* tener la seguridad de = have + the security of.

* tener la seguridad de que = rest + assured that.

* tener la sensación de que = have + a gut feeling that.

* tener las mismas prerrogativas = have + an equal voice in.

* tener las riendas de = hold + the reins of.

* tener las riendas del poder = hold + the reins of power.

* tener lástima = pity.

* tener lástima de = take + pity on.

* tener la tentación de = be tempted to.

* tener la última palabra = have + the ultimate say, have + the final say, call + the shots, be the boss, call + the tune, rule + the roost.

* tener la vista cansada = need + reading glasses.

* tenerle manía a Alguien = have + it in for + Nombre.

* tenerle rabia a Alguien = have + it in for + Nombre.

* tenerle tirria a Alguien = have + it in for + Nombre.

* tener libertad = have + freedom.

* tener libertad sobre = have + wide discretion over.

* tenerlo crudo = not be easy.

* tenerlo difícil = not be easy, not be easy.

* tenerlo duro = not be easy.

* tenerlo fácil = have + an easy ride.

* tener lo mejor de ambos mundos = have + the best of both worlds.

* tener lo mejor de los dos mundos = have + the best of both worlds.

* tener lo que hace falta = have + what it takes.

* tener lo que hay que tener = have + what it takes.

* tener lo que se necesita = have + what it takes.

* tener los días contados = day + be + numbered, be doomed, doomed, be dead meat, the (hand)writing + be + on the wall, see it + coming.

* tener los nervios de punta = have + butterflies in + Posesivo + stomach.

* tener los nervios en el estómago = have + butterflies in + Posesivo + stomach.

* tener los pies firmemente en el suelo = feet + be + firmly planted on the ground.

* tenerlo todo = have + the best of both worlds.

* tenerlo todo hecho = have + an easy ride.

* tener lugar = take + place, go on, come to + pass.

* tener madera de = be cut out for.

* tener mala fama por = hold in + disrepute, be infamous for.

* tener malas conexiones con = have + poor connections with.

* tener malas intenciones = be up to no good, get up to + no good.

* tener mal de amores = be lovesick.

* tener mal ojo para juzgar a la gente = be a bad judge of character.

* tener más paciencia que el santo Job = have + the patience of Job.

* tener más paciencia que un santo = have + the patience of a saint.

* tener mérito = be meritorious.

* tener miedo = be afraid, be in fear, frighten.

* tener miedo a = be scared of.

* tener miedo a Alguien = regard + Nombre + with fear.

* tener motivo = be right.

* tener motivo justificado = have + good cause.

* tener motivo para = have + cause to.

* tener movilidad = be mobile.

* tener mucha distancia que recorrer = have + a long way to go.

* tener mucha ilusión = be thrilled.

* tener mucha personalidad = be full of character.

* tener mucho camino que recorrer = have + a long way to go.

* tener mucho carácter = be full of character.

* tener mucho cuidado = be extra vigilant.

* tener mucho éxito = hit + a home run, hit it out of + the park, knock it out of + the park.

* tener mucho interés en = have + a high stake in.

* tener mucho interés por = be keen to.

* tener mucho que ver con = have + a great deal to do with.

* tener mucho tiempo libre = have + plenty of time to spare.

* tener muy mala cara = look like + death warmed (over/up).

* tener niños = have + children.

* tener + Nombre = be not without + Nombre.

* tener noticias de = hear from.

* tener + Número + Período de Tiempo = be + Período de Tiempo + old.

* tener obligación = have + obligation.

* tener obsesión con = be hipped (on/to), get hipped (on/to).

* tener ojeras = have + bags under + Posesivo + eyes.

* tener ojos en la nuca = have + eyes in the back of + Posesivo + head.

* tener opinión = take + view.

* tener paciencia = be patient.

* tener paciencia con = bear with + Pronombre.

* tener palabra = keep + Posesivo + word, live up to + Posesivo + word.

* tener paralelo = have + parallel.

* tener pelos en la lengua = mince + words.

* tener pérdidas = make + a loss.

* tener perplejo = stump.

* tener plena conciencia de = be fully aware of.

* tener poca información = be information poor.

* tener pocas luces = as thick as a brick, as thick as two (short) planks, as daft as a brush, knucklehead.

* tener pocas posibilidades de = have + little recourse.

* tener poco que ver = have + little to do.

* tener poco valor = be of little value.

* tener por costumbre + Infinitivo = be in the habit of + Gerundio.

* tener por término medio = average.

* tener posibilidades = stand + chance, be in with a chance.

* tener potencial = have + potential.

* tener precaución de = be chary of.

* tener precedencia = take + priority.

* tener preferencia = be preferential, have + the right of way.

* tener preferencia (sobre) = take + precedence (over).

* tener presente = be mindful of/that, bear in + mind, consider (as), keep in + focus, keep in + mind, make + consideration, mind, make + provision for, have + regard for, be aware of.

* tener presente las posibilidades de Algo = consider + possibilities.

* tener prioridad = trump.

* tener prisa = be in a hurry.

* tener problema con Algo = experience + trouble with.

* tener problemas = have + problems.

* tener problemas con = fall + foul of, run + afoul of problems, run + afoul of, fall + afoul of.

* tener problemas con la ley = fall + foul of the law, go + afoul of the law, fall + afoul of the law.

* tener programado su comienzo = be scheduled to start.

* tener programado su finalización = be scheduled for completion.

* tener pros y contras = be a mixed blessing.

* tener que = have to, hafta [have to].

* tener que aguantar Algo = be stuck with, get + stuck with.

* tener que arreglárselas solo = leave (up) to + Posesivo + own resources, leave to + Posesivo + own devices.

* tener que cargar con = be stuck with, saddle with, get + stuck with.

* tener que cargar con el peso de = be burdened with.

* tener que cargar con el peso de la tradición = be burdened with + tradition.

* tener que competir con = face + competition from.

* tener + que felicitar a Alguien = have to hand it to + Nombre.

* tener que ocurrir = be boun

* * *

tener [ E27 ]

GUIA DE BUSQUEDA

■ tener (verbo transitivo)

Sentido I

A poseer, disponer de

B

1 llevar encima

2 llevar puesto

C actividades, obligaciones

D

1 señalando características

2 expresando edad

3 con idea de posibilidad

E dar a luz

Sentido II

A sujetar, sostener

B tomar

Sentido III

A recibir

B

1 sentir

2 refiriéndose a síntomas

3 refiriéndose a sucesos

C refiriéndose a actitudes

Sentido IV

A indicando estado, situación

B tener algo/a alguien por algo

■ tener (verbo auxiliar)

Sentido I

A

1 tener que: obligación

2 tener que: propósito

B tener que: certeza

Sentido II

A con participio pasado

B en expresiones de tiempo

■ tenerse (verbo pronominal)

A sostenerse

B tenerse por algo

vt

[El uso de `got' en frases como `I've got a new dress' está mucho más extendido en el inglés británico que en el americano. Éste prefiere la forma `I have a new dress']

Sentido I

A (poseer, disponer de) ‹dinero/trabajo/tiempo› to have

ése ya lo tengo I already have that one, I've already got that one

¿tienen hijos? do they have any children?, have they got any children?

tiene un sueldo muy bueno she earns a very good salary, she is on a very good salary

no tenemos aceitunas we don't have any olives, we haven't got any olives

no tenía bastante dinero I didn't have enough money

no tengo a quién recurrir I have o I've got nobody to turn to

tú no tienes idea de lo que fue you've no idea o you can't imagine what it was like

aquí tienes al autor del delito here's o this is the culprit

¡ahí tienes! ¿ves cómo no se los puede dejar solos? there you are! you see how they can't be left on their own?

¿conque ésas tenemos? so that's the way things are, is it?

no tenerlas todas consigo ( fam): no sé, no las tengo todas conmigo I don't know, I'm not entirely sure o I'm not a hundred percent sure o I'm not at all sure

tenerla con algn (CS fam); to have it in for sb ( colloq)

tenerla con algo (CS fam); to keep o go on about sth ( colloq)

B

1 (llevar encima) to have

¿tienes cambio de $100? do you have change for $100?

no tengo un lápiz I don't have a pencil (on me), I haven't got a pencil (on me)

¿tiene hora? have you got the time?, could you tell me the time?

2 (llevar puesto) to be wearing, have on

¡qué traje más elegante tienes! that's a smart suit you're wearing o you have on!

C (hablando de actividades, obligaciones) to have

esta noche tengo una fiesta I'm going to o I have a party tonight

los viernes tenemos gimnasia we have keep-fit on Fridays

tenemos invitados a cenar we have o we've got some people coming to dinner

tengo un par de camisas que planchar I have o I've got a couple of shirts to iron

D

1 [ Vocabulary notes (Spanish) ] (señalando características, atributos) to have

tiene los ojos castaños/el pelo largo she has o she's got brown eyes/long hair

tiene mucho tacto/valor he's very tactful/brave

tiene habilidad para esas cosas he's very good at that sort of thing

tiene sus defectos he has o he's got his faults

la habitación tiene mucha luz the room is very light o gets a lot of light

tiene cuatro metros de largo por tres de ancho it is four meters long and three meters wide

¿cuánto tienes de cintura? what's your waist measurement?

tiene mucho de su padre he's very much like his father, he takes after his father

tener algo DE algo:

¿y eso qué tiene de malo? and what's (so) bad about that?

no tiene nada de extraño there's nothing strange about it

le lleva 15 años — ¿y eso qué tiene? ( AmL fam); she's 15 years older than he is — so what does that matter?

2 [ Vocabulary notes (Spanish) ]

(expresando edad): ¿cuántos años tienes? how old are you?

tengo cuarenta años I'm forty (years old)

tengo edad para ser tu padre I'm old enough to be your father

el televisor ya tiene muchos años the television set is very old

3

(con idea de posibilidad): no creo que tenga arreglo I don't think it can be fixed, I think it's beyond repair

el problema no tiene solución there is no solution to the problem, the problem is insoluble

E (dar a luz) to have

tener un niño or hijo or bebé to have a child o baby

Sentido II

A (sujetar, sostener) to hold

sube, que yo te tengo la escalera go on up, I'll hold the ladder for you

¿me tienes esto un minuto? could you hold this for a minute?

tenlo derecho hold it upright

B

(tomar): ten la llave take the key, here's the key

Sentido III

A (recibir) to have

hace un mes que no tenemos noticias de él we haven't heard from him for a month

la propuesta tuvo una acogida favorable the proposal was favorably received

tuvo una gran decepción/sorpresa it was a terrible disappointment/a big surprise for her

B

1

(sentir): tengo hambre/sueño/frío I'm hungry/tired/cold

tiene celos de su hermano she's jealous of her brother

no tiene interés por nada she's not interested in anything

le tengo mucho cariño a esta casa I'm very fond of this house

tengo el placer/honor de anunciar … it gives me great pleasure/I have the honor to announce …

¿qué tienes? ¿por qué lloras? what's wrong? o what's the matter? why are you crying?

2 (refiriéndose a síntomas, enfermedades) to have

tengo un dolor de cabeza horrible I have o I've got a terrible headache

¿has tenido las paperas? have you had mumps?

está enfermo, pero no saben qué tiene he's ill, but they don't know what it is o what he's got o what's wrong with him

3 (refiriéndose a sucesos, experiencias) to have

tuvimos un verano muy bueno we had a very good summer

tuve un sueño espantoso I had a terrible dream

que tengas buen viaje have a good trip

tuve una discusión con él I had an argument with him

C

(refiriéndose a actitudes): ten un poco más de respeto have a little more respect

ten paciencia/cuidado be patient/careful

tuvo la gentileza de prestármelo she was kind enough to lend it to me

tuvo la precaución de llamar antes de ir she had the foresight to phone before she went

bien² adv G. (↑ bien (2))

Sentido IV

A (indicando estado, situación) (+ compl):

el sofá tiene el tapizado sucio the upholstery on the sofa is dirty

la mesa tiene una pata rota one of the table legs is broken

tenía el suéter puesto al revés he had his sweater on back to front

tengo las manos sucias my hands are dirty

tenía los ojos cerrados she had her eyes closed

tienes el cinturón desabrochado your belt's undone

lo tengo escondido I have it hidden away

ya lo tiene roto it's already broken o he's broken it already

la tuvo engañada mucho tiempo he was cheating on her for a long time

lo tiene dominado she has him under her thumb

eso me tiene muy preocupada I'm very worried about that

me tuvo escribiendo a máquina toda la tarde she had me typing all afternoon

nos tuvo allí esperando una hora he kept us waiting there for an hour

a la pobre la tienen de sirvienta they treat the poor girl like a maid

tengo a la niña enferma my little girl's sick

¿en qué mano lo tengo? which hand is it in?

B (considerar) tener algo/a algn POR algo:

se lo tiene por el mejor hospital del país it is supposed to be o it is considered (to be) the best hospital in the country

lo tienen por buen cirujano he's held to be o he's considered (to be) a good surgeon

siempre lo tuve por tímido I always thought he was shy

ten por seguro que lo hará rest assured o you can be sure he'll do it

■

v aux

Sentido I

A

1 (expresando obligación, necesidad) tener QUE + INF:

tengo que terminarlo hoy I have to o I must finish it today

tienes que comer más, estás muy delgada you must eat more, you're very thin

no tienes más que apretar este botón all you have to do is press this button

no tienes que estar allí hasta las nueve you don't have to be there until nine

no tengo por qué darte cuentas a ti I don't have to explain anything to you, I don't owe you any explanations

no tienes que comer tanto (no debes) you mustn't eat so much; (no hace falta) you don't have to eat that much, there's no need to eat that much

tendría que cambiarme, no puedo ir así I'd have to o I ought to o I should change, I can't go like this

2 (expresando propósito, recomendación) tener QUE + INF:

tenemos que ir a ver esa película we must go and see that movie

tengo que hacer ejercicio I must get some exercise

tienes que leerlo, es buenísimo you must read it, it's really good

B (expresando certeza) tener QUE + INF:

tiene que estar en este cajón it must be in this drawer

tiene que haber sido él it must have been him

tengo que haberlo dejado en casa I must have left it at home

¡tú tenías que ser! it had to be you, didn't it?

ver² vt I. (↑ ver (2))

Sentido II

A

(con participio pasado): ¿tiene previsto asistir al congreso? do you plan to attend the conference?

ya tenían planeada su estrategia they already had their strategy worked out

tengo entendido que llega mañana I understand he's arriving tomorrow

tiene ganado el afecto del público she has won the public's affection

te tengo dicho que eso no me gusta I've told you before I don't like that

teníamos pensado irnos el jueves we intended leaving on Thursday

tiene bastante dinero ahorrado she has quite a lot of money saved up

B

( AmL) (en expresiones de tiempo): cuatro años tenía sin verlo she hadn't seen him for four years

tienen tres años de casados they've been married for three years

■ tenerse

v pron

A

(sostenerse): no podía tenerse en pie he couldn't stand

tiene un sueño que no se tiene ( fam); he's out o dead on his feet ( colloq)

B ( refl) (considerarse) tenerse POR algo:

se tiene por muy inteligente he considers himself to be o he thinks he is very intelligent

* * *

Multiple Entries:
tener
tener algo
tener ( conjugate tener) verbo transitivo El uso de `got' en frases como `I've got a new dress' está mucho más extendido en el inglés británico que en el americano. Este prefiere la forma `I have a new dress'
1
a) (poseer, disponer de) ‹dinero/trabajo/tiempo› to have;

◊ ¿tienen hijos? do they have any children?, have they got any children?;

no tenemos pan we don't have any bread, we haven't got any bread;
tiene el pelo largo she has o she's got long hair
b) ( llevar encima) ‹lápiz/cambio› to have;

◊ ¿tiene hora? have you got the time?

c) (hablando de actividades, obligaciones) to have;

◊ tengo invitados a cenar I have o I've got some people coming to dinner;

tengo cosas que hacer I have o I've got things to do
d) ( dar a luz) ‹bebé/gemelos› to have

2
a) (señalando características, tamaño) to be;

◊ la casa tiene mucha luz the house is very light;

tiene un metro de largo it is one meter long;
le lleva 15 años — ¿y eso qué tiene? (AmL fam) she's 15 years older than he is — so what does that matter?
b) ( señalando edad) to be;

◊ ¿cuántos años tienes? how old are you?;

tengo veinte años I'm twenty (years old)
3
a) (sujetar, sostener) to hold;

◊ tenlo derecho hold it upright

b) ( tomar):

◊ ten la llave take o here's the key

4
a) ( sentir):

◊ tengo hambre/frío I'm hungry/cold;

le tengo mucho cariño I'm very fond of him;
tengo el placer de … it gives me great pleasure to …
b) ( refiriéndose a enfermedades) ‹gripe/cáncer› to have;

◊ tengo dolor de cabeza I have o I've got a headache

c) ( refiriéndose a experiencias) ‹discusión/accidente› to have;

◊ que tengas buen viaje have a good trip

5 ( refiriéndose a actitudes):
◊ ten más respeto have a little more respect;

ten paciencia/cuidado be patient/careful;
tiene mucho tacto he's very tactful
6 (indicando estado, situación):
◊ la mesa tiene una pata rota one of the table legs is broken;

tengo las manos sucias my hands are dirty;
tienes el cinturón desabrochado your belt's undone;
me tiene muy preocupada I'm very worried about it
tener v aux
1 tener que hacer algo
a) (expresando obligación, necesidad) to have (got) to do sth;

◊ tengo que estudiar hoy I have to o I must study today;

tienes que comer más you ought to eat more
b) (expresando propósito, recomendación):

◊ tenemos que ir a ver esa película we must go and see that movie;

tendrías que llamarlo you should ring him
c) ( expresando certeza):

◊ tiene que estar en este cajón it must be in this drawer;

¡tú tenías que ser! it had to be you!
2 ( con participio pasado):
◊ tengo entendido que sí viene I understand he is coming;

te tengo dicho que … I've told you before (that) …;
teníamos pensado irnos hoy we intended leaving today
3 (AmL) ( en expresiones de tiempo):
◊ tienen tres años de casados they've been married for three years;

tenía un año sin verlo she hadn't seen him for a year
tenerse verbo pronominal ( sostenerse):
◊ no podía tenerse en pie he couldn't stand;

no tenerse de sueño to be dead on one's feet
tener
I verbo transitivo
1 (poseer, disfrutar) to have, have got: tengo muy buena memoria, I have a very good memory
no tiene coche, he hasn't got a car
tiene dos hermanas, he has two sisters
tiene mucho talento, he's very talented
no tenemos suficiente dinero, we don't have enough money
(ser dueño de) to own: tiene una cadena de hoteles, he owns a chain of hotels ➣ Ver nota en have 2 (contener) to contain: esta bebida no tiene alcohol, this drink doesn't contain alcohol
3 (asir, sujetar) to hold: la tenía en brazos, she was carrying her in her arms
4 (hospedar) tiene a su suegra en casa, his mother-in-law is staying with them
5 (juzgar, considerar) la tengo por imposible, I regard her as a hopeless case
nos tienen por tontos, they think we are stupid
tenlo por seguro, you can be sure
6 (pasar el tiempo de cierta manera) to have: he tenido un día espantoso, I've had a dreadful day
7 (padecer, sentir) tiene celos, he's jealous
tengo hambre/sed, I'm hungry/thirsty
ten paciencia conmigo, be patient with me
tengo un dolor de cabeza terrible, I have a terrible headache
8 (profesar) to have: me tiene cariño, he is very fond of me
no le tengo ningún respeto, I have no respect for him
9 (años, tiempo) to be: el bebé tiene ocho días, the baby is eight days old
(medidas) la cama tiene metro y medio de ancho, the bed is one and a half metres wide
10 (mantener) to keep: no sabe tener la boca cerrada, she can't keep her mouth shut
nos tuvo dos horas esperando, he kept us waiting for two hours
tiene su habitación muy ordenada, he keeps his room very tidy
me tiene preocupada, I'm worried about him
11 ( tener que + infinitivo) tengo que hacerlo, I must do it
tienes que tomarte las pastillas, you have to take your pills
tendrías que habérselo dicho, you ought to have told her ➣ Ver nota en must
II verbo aux to have: mira que te lo tengo dicho veces, I've told you time and time again
Tener tiene dos traducciones básicas: to have o to have got. Esta segunda se usa casi únicamente para expresar posesión y solo en el presente: Tengo un coche nuevo. I have got a new car.
La primera se usa en sentido más general: Va a tener un problema. He's going to have a problem. Recuerda que la forma interrogativa de I have got es have I got?, mientras que la forma interrogativa de I have es do I have?
Cuando tener significa sentir, se traduce por el verbo to be: Tengo hambre. I am hungry.

' tener' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
abrigar
- abuela
- abundar
- acarrear
- accidente
- acostumbrar
- admirar
- adolecer
- agobiarse
- añorar
- antena
- apetecer
- apremiar
- aptitud
- arcada
- arte
- banco
- bombera
- bombero
- burbuja
- cabida
- cabronada
- cacao
- caer
- cagalera
- calor
- cantar
- capaz
- carácter
- carrete
- celebrarse
- céntimo
- certeza
- certidumbre
- ciega
- ciego
- conciencia
- conllevar
- consecuencia
- constar
- contingente
- corazón
- correa
- correrse
- cosa
- cosquillas
- costar
- creer
- cruda
- crudo
English:
access
- accommodate
- act
- add up
- afraid
- agree
- aim to
- allow for
- allowance
- approve of
- around
- associate
- attached
- augment
- authoritarian
- ax
- axe
- barrel
- be
- bear
- bear with
- bearing
- begrudge
- believe in
- belong
- beware
- boast
- bone
- boomerang
- breathing space
- broody
- brush
- butterfly
- calculate
- careful
- celebrate
- clash
- clever
- come off
- command
- connected
- conscience
- consider
- consideration
- count
- crash
- date
- daunt
- debt
- depend

* * *

tener

♦ vt

1. [poseer, disfrutar de] [objeto, cualidad, elemento, parentesco] to have;

no tengo televisor/amigos I haven't got o I don't have a television/any friends;

¿tienes un bolígrafo? have you got o do you have a pen?;

¿tiene usted hora? have you got the time?;

tenemos un mes para terminarlo we've got a month in which to finish it;

tiene el pelo corto, ojos azules y gafas she has (got) short hair, blue eyes and she wears glasses;

muchos no tienen trabajo o [m5] empleo a lot of people are out of work;

el documental no tiene mucho interés the documentary is not very interesting;

¿cuántas habitaciones tiene? how many rooms has it got o does it have?;

¿tienes hermanos? have you got o do you have any brothers or sisters?;

tengo un hermano I've got o I have a brother;

tener un niño to have a baby;

no tienen hijos they haven't got o don't have any children;
RP Fam
tener algo a bocha [en gran cantidad] to have tons o loads of sth;

Comp

¿conque ésas tenemos?, ¿ahora no quieres ayudar? so that's the deal, is it? you don't want to help now, then;

Comp

no las tiene todas consigo he is not too sure about it;

Comp
muy Fam
tenerlos bien puestos to have guts;

Prov

tanto tienes, tanto vales you are what you own

2. [padecer, realizar, experimentar] to have;

tener fiebre to have a temperature;

tiene cáncer/el sida she has (got) cancer/AIDS;

doctor, ¿qué tengo? what's wrong with me, doctor?;

no tienes nada (grave) it's nothing (serious), there's nothing (seriously) wrong with you;

tuvieron una pelea/reunión they had a fight/meeting;

tengo las vacaciones en agosto my holidays are in August;

mañana no tenemos clase we don't have to go to school tomorrow, there's no school tomorrow;

¡que tengan buen viaje! have a good journey!;

no he tenido un buen día I haven't had a good day;

tiene lo que se merece she's got what she deserves

3. [medida, años, sensación, sentimiento] to be;

tiene 3 metros de ancho it's 3 metres wide;

¿cuántos años tienes? how old are you?;

tiene diez años she's ten (years old);
Am
tengo tres años aquí I've been here for three years;

tener hambre/miedo to be hungry/afraid;

tener suerte/mal humor to be lucky/bad-tempered;

tengo un dolor de espalda terrible I have a terrible backache;

tengo alergia al polvo I'm allergic to dust;

me tienen cariño/envidia they're fond/jealous of me;

le tiene lástima he feels sorry for her;

tengo ganas de llorar I feel like crying

4. [hallarse o hacer estar en cierto estado]
tenía la cara pálida her face was pale;

tienes una rueda pinchada you've got a Br puncture o US flat;

tienes la corbata torcida your tie isn't straight;

me tuvo despierto it kept me awake;

eso la tiene despistada/preocupada that has her confused/worried;

esto la tendrá ocupada un rato this will keep her busy for a while;

un psicópata tiene atemorizada a la población a psychopath is terrorizing the population;

nos tuvieron una hora en comisaría they kept us at the police station for an hour;

me tuvo esperando una hora she kept me waiting an hour;

nos tuvieron toda la noche viendo vídeos they made us watch videos all night;

la tienen como o [m5] de encargada en un restaurante she's employed as a manageress in a restaurant

5. [sujetar] to hold;

tenlo por el asa hold it by the handle;

¿puedes tenerme esto un momento? could you hold this for me a minute?;

ten los brazos en alto hold your arms up high

6. [tomar]
ten el libro que me pediste here's the book you asked me for;

¡aquí tienes!, ¡ten! here you are!;

ahí tienes la respuesta there's your answer

7. [recibir] [mensaje, regalo, visita, sensación] to get;

tuve una carta suya I got o had a letter from her;

el que llegue primero tendrá un premio whoever arrives first will get a prize;

tendrás noticias mías you'll hear from me;

tenemos invitados/a la familia a cenar we've got guests/the family over for dinner;

tendrá una sorpresa he'll get a surprise;

tenía/tuve la impresión de que… I had/got the impression that…;

tuve una verdadera desilusión I was really disappointed

8. [valorar, estimar]
tener en mucho/poco a alguien to think a lot/not to think very much of sb;

me tienen por tonto they think I'm stupid;
Formal
tener a bien hacer algo to be kind enough to do sth;

les ruego tengan a bien considerar mi candidatura para el puesto de… I would be grateful if you would consider my application for the post of…

9. [guardar, contener] to keep;

¿dónde tienes las joyas/el dinero? where do you keep the jewels/money?;

¿dónde tendré las gafas? where can my glasses be?;

la botella tenía un mensaje the bottle had a message inside;

esta cuenta no tiene fondos there are no funds in this account

10. RP Fam
tenerla con algo/alguien to go on about sth/sb;

¡cómo la tenés con tu vecino! you're always going on about your neighbour!;

¡cómo la tiene con el auto que se va a comprar! he's always going on about the car he's going to buy!;

¡cómo la tiene el jefe contigo! the boss really has it in for you!

♦ v aux

1. [antes de participio] [haber]
teníamos pensado ir al teatro we had thought of going to the theatre, we had intended to go to the theatre;

¿cuánto tienes hecho de la tesis? how much of your thesis have you (got) done?;

te tengo dicho que no pises los charcos I've told you before not to step in puddles;

tengo entendido que se van a casar I understand (that) they are going to get married

2.
tener que: [indica obligación] [m5] tener que hacer algo to have to do sth;

tenía/tuve que hacerlo I had to do it;

¿tienes que irte? do you have to go?, have you got to go?;

tienes que esforzarte más you must try harder;

tiene que ser así it has to be this way;

tenemos que salir de aquí we have (got) to o need to get out of here, we must get out of here;

teníamos que haber hecho esto antes we should have o ought to have done this before;

no tienes que disculparte you needn't apologize, you don't need to apologize;

si quieres algo, no tienes más que pedirlo if you want something, all you have to do is ask;

no tienes por qué venir, si no quieres you don't have to come if you don't want to

3.
tener que: [indica propósito, consejo] [m5] tenemos que ir a cenar un día we ought to o should go for dinner some time;

tienes que ir a ver esa película you must see that movie;

tenías que haber visto cómo corría you should have seen him run;

tendrías que dejar de fumar you ought to give up smoking

4.
tener que: [indica probabilidad] [m5] ya tienen que haber llegado they must have o should have arrived by now;

las llaves tienen que andar por aquí the keys must be round here somewhere;

tendría que haber terminado hace rato she should have o ought to have finished some time ago;

tenía que ser él, no podía ser otro it had to be him, it couldn't have been anyone else

5.
tener que ver: tener que ver con algo/alguien to have to do with sth/sb;

actitudes que tienen que ver con la falta de educación attitudes which are related to a lack of education;

se apellida Siqueiros, pero no tiene que ver con el pintor his surname is Siqueiros, but he's got nothing to do with the painter;

¿qué tiene eso que ver conmigo? what has that got to do with me?;

no tener nada que ver con algo/alguien to have nothing to do with sth/sb;

lo que digo no tiene nada que ver con eso what I'm saying has nothing to do with that;

aunque los dos vinos sean Rioja, no tienen nada que ver even if both wines are Riojas, there's no comparison between them;

¿qué tiene que ver que sea mujer para que haga bien su trabajo? what's her being a woman got to do with whether or not she does a good job?;

es un poco tarde, ¿no? – ¿y qué tiene que ver? it's a bit late, isn't it? – so what?;

tener que ver en algo to be involved in sth;

dicen que la CIA tuvo que ver en ello rumour has it the CIA were involved;

¿has tenido tú algo que ver en esto? have you had something to do with this?

♦ See also the pronominal verb tenerse

* * *

tener

v/t

1 have;

tener 10 años be 10 (years old);

tener un metro de ancho/largo be one meter wide/long o in width/length

2

:

ha tenido un niño she’s had a little boy

3

:

tener a alguien por algo regard s.o. as sth, consider s.o. to be sth

4

:

tengo que madrugar I must get up early, I have to o I’ve got to get up early;

tuve que madrugar I had to get up early

5

:

conque ¿esas tenemos? so that’s how it is o things stand, eh?;

no tuvo a bien saludarme he did not see fit to greet me;

no las tengo todas conmigo fam I’m not one hundred per cent sure;

eso me tiene nervioso that makes me nervous

* * *

tener {80} vt

1) : to have

tiene ojos verdes: she has green eyes

tengo mucho que hacer: I have a lot to do

tiene veinte años: he's twenty years old

tiene un metro de largo: it's one meter long

2) : to hold

ten esto un momento: hold this for a moment

3) : to feel, to make

tengo frío: I'm cold

eso nos tiene contentos: that makes us happy

4)

tener por : to think, to consider

me tienes por loco: you think I'm crazy

tener v aux

1)

tener que : to have to

tengo que salir: I have to leave

tiene que estar aquí: it has to be here, it must be here

2) (with past participle)

tenía pensado escribirte: I've been thinking of writing to you

♦ See also the reflexive verb tenerse

* * *

tener vb

1. (en general) to have

¿tienes hermanos? have you any brothers or sisters?

tiene el pelo largo she has long hair

tenía dolor de cabeza I had a headache

tuve un sueño I had a dream

En el presente, sobre todo en inglés hablado, se puede emplear have got en vez de have, por ejemplo, have you got any brothers or sisters?

2. (edad, tamaño) to be

tiene quince años she's fifteen years old

la habitación tiene cuatro metros de largo the room is four metres long

Muchas veces se utiliza el verbo to be y el sustantivo se traduce con un adjetivo

tengo calor I'm hot

tengo hambre I'm hungry

tengo miedo I'm afraid

tengo sed I'm thirsty

aquí tienes here you are

tener pensado hacer algo to intend doing something

tener que to have to

tengo que ir a trabajar I have to go to work

tienes que estudiar más you have to study more

tener que ver to have to do with / to concern

no tiene nada que ver contigo it's got nothing to do with you / it doesn't concern you

Spanish-English dictionary > tener
11 unterstehen

un|ter|ste|hen [ʊntɐ'ʃteːən] ptp untersta\#nden [ʊntɐ'ʃtandn] insep irreg
1. vi +dat
(= unterstellt sein) to be under (the control of); jdm to be subordinate to; einer Behörde, dem Ministerium to come under (the jurisdiction of); dem Gesetz to be subject to; (in Firma) to report to
unterstéhen — to be under sb's supervision

dem Verkaufsdirektor unterstéhen sechs Abteilungsleiter — the sales director is in charge of six departmental heads

2. vr
(= wagen) to dare, to have the audacity
untersteh dich (ja nicht)! — (don't) you dare!

was unterstéhen Sie sich! — how dare you!

* * *

un·ter·ste·hen *¹

[ʊntɐˈʃte:ən]

irreg

I. vi

▪ jdm/etw \unterstehen to be subordinate to sb/sth, to come under sb's/sth's control

der Abteilungsleiterin \unterstehen 17 Mitarbeiter seventeen employees report to the departmental head

jds Befehl \unterstehen to be under sb's command

ständiger Kontrolle \unterstehen to be subject to constant checks

II. vr

▪ sich akk \unterstehen, etw zu tun to have the audacity to do sth

er hat sich tatsächlich unterstanden, uns zu drohen? he actually dared to threaten us?

untersteh dich! don't you dare!

was \unterstehen Sie sich! how dare you!

un·ter|ste·hen²

[ˈʊntɐʃte:ən]

vi irreg Hilfsverb: haben SÜDD, ÖSTERR, SCHWEIZ to take shelter [or cover]

es hat so stark geregnet, dass wir eine ganze Weile \unterstehen mussten it rained so heavily that we had to take shelter for quite a while

* * *
1.
unregelmäßiges intransitives Verb

jemandem unterstehen — be subordinate or answerable to somebody

jemandem untersteht eine Abteilung — somebody is responsible for a department
2.
unregelmäßiges reflexives Verb dare

untersteh dich! — [don't] you dare!

* * *

unter'stehen (irr, untrennb, hat)

A. v/i:

jemandem oder

jemandes Aufsicht unterstehen be under sb, be answerable to sb; WIRTSCH und amtlich: auch report to sb;

einem Gesetz unterstehen be subject to a law;

einer Behörde etc

unterstehen come under an authority etc

B. v/r dare;

sich unterstehen zu (+inf) dare (to) (+inf), have the audacity ( oder nerve, cheek) to (+inf)

unterstehen Sie sich! don’t you dare!;

was unterstehen Sie sich? how dare you?

'unterstehen v/i (irr, trennb, ist -ge-) shelter, take shelter

* * *
1.
unregelmäßiges intransitives Verb

jemandem unterstehen — be subordinate or answerable to somebody

jemandem untersteht eine Abteilung — somebody is responsible for a department
2.
unregelmäßiges reflexives Verb dare

untersteh dich! — [don't] you dare!

* * *

v.

to be subject to expr.

to be subordinate to expr.

Deutsch-Englisch Wörterbuch > unterstehen
12 ἄν

ἄν (A), [pron. full] [ᾰ], [dialect] Ep., Lyr., [dialect] Ion., Arc., [dialect] Att.; also κεν) [dialect] Ep., [dialect] Aeol., Thess., κᾱ [dialect] Dor., [dialect] Boeot., El.; the two combined in [dialect] Ep. (infr. D. 11.2) and Arc.,

A εἰκ ἄν IG5(2).6.2
, 15 (iv B. C.):—modal Particle used with Verbs to indicate that the action is limited by circumstances or defined by conditions. In Hom. κε is four times as common as ἄν, in Lyr. about equally common. No clear distinction can be traced, but κε as an enclitic is somewhat less emphatic; ἄν is preferred by Hom. in negative clauses, κε ([etym.] ν) with the relative.

A In Simple Sentences, and in the Apodosis of Compound Sentences; here ἄν belongs to the Verb, and denotes that the assertion made by the Verb is dependent on a condition, expressed or implied: thus ἦλθεν he came, ἦλθεν ἄν he would have come (under conditions, which may or may not be defined), and so he might have come; ἔλθοι may he come, ἔλθοι ἄν he would come (under certain conditions), and so he might come.

I WITH INDICATIVE:

1 with historical tenses, generally [tense] impf. and [tense] aor., less freq. [tense] plpf., never [tense] pf., v. infr.,

a most freq. in apodosis of conditional sentences, with protasis implying nonfulfilment of a past or present condition, and apod. expressing what would be or would have been the case if the condition were or had been fulfilled. The [tense] impf. with ἄν refers to continued action, in Hom. always in past time, exc. perh. καί κε θάμ' ἐνθάδ' ἐόντες ἐμισγόμεθ' Od.4
. 178; later also in [tense] pres. time, first in Thgn.905; πολὺ ἂν θαυμαστότερον ἦν, εἰ ἐτιμῶντο it would be far more strange if they were honoured, Pl.R. 489a; οὐκ ἂν νήσων ἐκράτει, εἰ μή τι καὶ ναυτικὸν εἶχεν he would not have been master of islands if he had not had also some naval power, Th.1.9. The [tense] aor. strictly refers only to past time, Pi.N.11.24, etc.; εἰ τότε ταύτην ἔσχε τὴν γνώμην, οὐδὲν ἂν ὧν νυνὶ πεποίηκεν ἔπραξεν if he had then come to this opinion, he would have accomplished nothing of what he has now done, D.4.5, al., but is used idiomatically with Verbs of saying, answering, etc., as we say I should have said, εἰ μὴ πατὴρ ἦσθ', εἶπον ἄν σ' οὐκ εὖ φρονεῖν S.Ant. 755
, cf. Pl.Smp. 199d, Euthphr. 12d, etc.: the [tense] plpf. refers to completed actions, as ὃ εἰ ἀπεκρίνω, ἱκανῶς ἂν ἤδη παρὰ σοῦ τὴν ὁσιότητα ἐμεμαθήκη I should have already learnt.., ib. 14c; εἰ ὁ ἀνὴρ ἀπέθανεν, δικαίως ἂν ἐτεθνήκει Antipho 4.2.3
.

b the protasis is freq. understood: ὑπό κεν ταλασίφρονά περ δέος εἷλεν fear would have seized even the stout-hearted (had he heard the sound), Il.4.421; τὸ γὰρ ἔρυμα τῷ στρατοπέδῳ οὐκ ἂν ἐτειχίσαντο they would not have built the wall (if they had not won a battle), Th.1.11; πολλοῦ γὰρ ἂν ἦν ἄξια for (if that were so) they would be worth much, Pl.R. 374d; οὐ γὰρ ἦν ὅ τι ἂν ἐποιεῖτε for there was nothing which you could have done, i. e. would have done (if you had tried), D.18.43.

c with no definite protasis understood, to express what would have been likely to happen, or might have happened in past time: ἢ γάρ μιν ζωόν γε κιχήσεαι, ἤ κεν Ὀρέστης κτεῖνεν ὑποφθάμενος for either you will find him alive, or else Orestes may already have killed him before you, Od.4.546; ὃ θεασάμενος πᾶς ἄν τις ἀνὴρ ἠράσθη δάϊος εἶναι every man who saw this (the 'Seven against Thebes') would have longed to be a warrior, Ar. Ra. 1022; esp. with τάχα, q. v., ἀλλ' ἦλθε μὲν δὴ τοῦτο τοὔνειδος τάχ' ἂν ὀργῇ βιασθὲν μᾶλλον ἢ γνώμῃ φρενῶν, i. e. it might perhaps have come, S.OT 523; τάχα ἂν δὲ καὶ ἄλλως πως ἐσπλεύσαντες (sc. διέβησαν ) and they might also perhaps have crossed by sea (to Sicily) in some other way, Th.6.2, cf. Pl.Phdr. 265b.

d ἄν is freq. omitted in apodosi with Verbs expressing obligation, propriety, or possibility, as ἔδει, ἐχρῆν, εἰκὸς ἦν, etc., and sts. for rhetorical effect, εἰ μὴ.. ᾖσμεν, φόβον παρέσχεν it had caused (for it would have caused) fear, E.Hec. 1113. This use becomes more common in later Gk.

2 with [tense] fut. ind.:

a frequently in [dialect] Ep., usu. with κεν, rarely ἄν, Il.9.167, 22.66, indicating a limitation or condition, ὁ δέ κεν κεχολώσεται ὅν κεν ἵκωμαι and he will likely be angry to whom- soever I shall come, ib.1.139; καί κέ τις ὧδ' ἐρέει and in that case men will say, 4.176; ἐγὼ δέ κέ τοι καταλέξω Od.3.80
; so in Lyr., μαθὼν δέ τις ἂν ἐρεῖ Pi.N.7.68
, cf. I.6(5).59.

b rarely in codd. of [dialect] Att. Prose writers, σαφὲς ἂν καταστήσετε Th.1.140
; οὐχ ἥκει, οὐδ' ἂν ἥξει δεῦρο Pl.R. 615d
, cf. Ap. 29c, X.An.2.5.13; dub. in Hp.Mul.2.174: in later Prose, Philostr. V A2.21, S E.M.9.225: also in Poetry, E.El. 484, Ar.Av. 1313; οὐκ ἂν προδώσω Herod.6.36
(corr. - δοίην):— for ἄν with [tense] fut. inf. and part. v. infr.

II WITH SUBJUNCTIVE, only in [dialect] Ep., the meaning being the same as with the [tense] fut. ind. (1.2a), freq. with [ per.] 1st pers., as εἰ δέ κε μὴ δώῃσιν, ἐγὼ δέ κεν αὐτὸς ἕλωμαι in that case I will take her myself, Il.1.324; πείθευ, ἐγὼ δέ κέ τοι εἰδέω χάριν obey and if so I will be grateful, 14.235 (the subj. is always introduced by δέ in this usage); also with other persons, giving emphasis to the future, οὐκ ἄν τοι χραίσμῃ κίθαρις 3.54
, al.

III WITH OPTATIVE (never [tense] fut., rarely [tense] pf. πῶς ἂν λελήθοι [με]; X.Smp.3.6):

a in apodosis of conditional sentences, after protasis in opt. with εἰ or some other conditional or relative word, expressing a [tense] fut. condition: ἀλλ' εἴ μοί τι πίθοιο, τό κεν πολὺ κέρδιον εἴη Il.7.28
; οὐ πολλὴ ἂν ἀλογία εἴη, εἰ φοβοῖτο τὸν θάνατον; Pl.Phd. 68b
:—in Hom. [tense] pres. and [tense] aor. opt. with κε or ἄν are sts. used like [tense] impf. and [tense] aor. ind. with ἄν in Attic, with either regular ind. or another opt. in the protasis: καί νύ κεν ἔνθ' ἀπόλοιτο.. εἰ μὴ.. νόησε κτλ., i. e. he would have perished, had she not perceived, etc., Il.5.311, cf. 5.388, 17.70; εἰ νῦν ἐπὶ ἄλλῳ ἀεθλεύοιμεν, ἦ τ' ἂν ἐγὼ.. κλισίηνδε φεροίμην if we were now contending in another's honour, I should now carry.., ib.23.274: so rarely in Trag., οὐδ' ἂν σὺ φαίης, εἴ σε μὴ κνίζοι λέχος (for εἰ μὴ ἔκνιζε) E.Med. 568.

b with protasis in [tense] pres. or [tense] fut., the opt. with ἄν in apodosi takes a simply future sense: φρούριον δ' εἰ ποιήσονται, τῆς μὲν γῆς βλάπτοιεν ἄν τι μέρος they might perhaps damage, Th.1.142, cf. 2.60, Pl.Ap. 25b, R. 333e; ἢν οὖν μάθῃς.. οὐκ ἂν ἀποδοίην Ar.Nu. 116
, cf. D.1.26, al.

c with protasis understood: φεύγωμεν· ἔτι γάρ κεν ἀλύξαιμεν κακὸν ἦμαρ Od.10.269
; οὔτε ἐσθίουσι πλείω ἢ δύνανται φέρειν· διαρραγεῖεν γὰρ ἄν for (if they should do so) they would burst, X. Cyr.8.2.21; τὸν δ' οὔ κε δύ' ἀνέρε.. ἀπ' οὔδεος ὀχλίσσειαν two men could not heave the stone from the ground, i. e. would not, if they should try, Il.12.447; οὐδ' ἂν δικαίως ἐς κακὸν πέσοιμί τι S.Ant. 240
, cf. D.2.8: in Hom. sts. with ref. to past time, Τυδεΐδην οὐκ ἂν γνοίης ποτέροισι μετείη Il.5.85
.

d with no definite protasis implied, in potential sense: ἡδέως δ' ἂν ἐροίμην Λεπτίνην but I would gladly ask Leptines, D.20.129; βουλοίμην ἄν I should like , Lat. velim (but ἐβουλόμην ἄν I should wish, if it were of any avail, vellem); ποῖ οὖν τραποίμεθ' ἄν; which way then can we turn? Pl.Euthd. 290a; οὐκ ἂν μεθείμην τοῦ θρόνου I will not give up the throne, Ar.Ra. 830; idiomatically, referring to the past, αὗται δὲ οὐκ ἂν πολλαὶ εἶεν but these would not (on investigation) prove to be many, Th.1.9; εἴησαν δ' ἂν οὗτοι Κρῆτες these would be (i. e. would have been) Cretans, Hdt.1.2: used in order to soften assertions by giving them a less positive form, as οὐκ ἂν οὖν πάνυ γέ τι σπουδαῖον εἴη ἡ δικαιοσύνη, i.e. it would not prove to be, etc. (for, it is not, etc.), Pl.R. 333e.

e in questions, expressing a wish: τίς ἂν θεῶν.. δοίη; S.OC 1100
, cf.A.Ag. 1448; πῶς ἂν θάνοιμι; S.Aj. 389
: hence (with no question) as a mild command, exhortation, or entreaty, τλαίης κεν Μενελάῳ ἐπιπροέμεν ταχὺν ἰόν Il.4.94
; σὺ μὲν κομίζοις ἂν σεαυτὸν ᾗ θέλεις you may take yourself off (milder than κόμιζε σεαυτόν), S.Ant. 444; χωροῖς ἂν εἴσω you may go in, El. 1491; κλύοις ἂν ἤδη, Φοῖβε hear me now, Phoebus, ib. 637; φράζοις ἄν, λέγοις ἄν, Pl.Phlb. 23c, 48b.

f in a protasis which is also an apodosis: εἴπερ ἄλλῳ τῳ ἀνθρώπων πειθοίμην ἄν, καὶ σοὶ πείθομαι if I would trust any (other) man (if he gave me his word), I trust you, Id.Prt. 329b; εἰ μὴ ποιήσαιτ' ἂν τοῦτο if you would not do this (if you could), D.4.18, cf. X.Mem.1.5.3, Plot.6.4.16.

g rarely omitted with opt. in apodosis: ῥεῖα θεός γ' ἐθέλων καὶ τηλόθεν ἄνδρα σαώσαι Od.3.231
, cf. 14.123, Il.5.303; also in Trag., θᾶσσον ἢ λέγοι τις E.Hipp. 1186
; τεὰν δύνασιν τίς.. κατάσχοι; S.Ant. 605
.

h ἄν c. [tense] fut. opt. is prob. always corrupt (cf. 1.2b), as τὸν αὐτὸν ἂν ἐπαινέσοι ( ἐπαινέσαι Bekk.) Pl.Lg. 719e; εἰδὼς ὅτι οὐδέν' ἂν καταλήψοιτο ( οὐδένα Bekk.) Lys.1.22.

IV WITH INF. and PART. (sts. ADJ. equivalent to part., τῶν δυνατῶν ἂν κρῖναι Pl.R. 577b
) representing ind. or opt.:

1 [tense] pres. inf. or part.:

a representing [tense] impf. ind., οἴεσθε τὸν πατέρα.. οὐκ ἂν φυλάττειν; do you think he would not have kept them safe? ([etym.] οὐκ ἂν ἐφύλαττεν), D.49.35; ἀδυνάτων ἂν ὄντων [ὑμῶν] ἐπιβοηθεῖν when you would have been unable, Th.1.73, cf. 4.40.

b representing [tense] pres. opt., πόλλ' ἂν ἔχων (representing ἔχοιμ' ἄν) ἕτερ' εἰπεῖν παραλείπω D. 18.258
, cf. X.An.2.3.18: with Art., τὸ ἐθέλειν ἂν ἰέναι ἄκλητος ἐπὶ δεῖπνον Pl.Smp. 174b
.

2 [tense] aor. inf. or part.:

a representing [tense] aor. ind., οὐκ ἂν ἡγεῖσθ' αὐτὸν κἂν ἐπιδραμεῖν; do you not think he would even have run thither? ([etym.] καὶ ἐπέδραμεν ἄν), D.27.56; ἴσμεν ὑμᾶς ἀναγκασθέντας ἄν we know you would have been compelled, Th.1.76, cf. 3.89; ῥᾳδίως ἂν ἀφεθείς when he might easily have been acquitted, X.Mem.4.4.4.

b representing [tense] aor. opt., οὐδ' ἂν κρατῆσαι αὐτοὺς τῆς γῆς ἡγοῦμαι I think they would not even be masters of the land ([etym.] οὐδ' ἂν κρατήσειαν), Th.6.37, cf. 2.20; ὁρῶν ῥᾳδίως ἂν αὐτὸ ληφθέν ([etym.] ληφθείη ἄν) Id.7.42; οὔτε ὄντα οὔτε ἂν γενόμενα, i.e. things which are not and never could happen ([etym.] ἃ οὔτε ἂν γένοιτο), Id.6.38.

3 [tense] pf. inf. or part. representing:

a [tense] plpf. ind., πάντα ταῦθ' ὑπὸ τῶν βαρβάρων ἂν ἑαλωκέναι ([etym.] φήσειεν ἄν ) he would say that all these would have been destroyed by the barbarians ([etym.] ἑαλώκη ἄν), D.19.312.

b [tense] pf. opt., οὐκ ἂν ἡγοῦμαι αὐτοὺς δίκην ἀξίαν δεδωκέναι, εἰ.. καταψηφίσαισθε I do not believe they would (then) have suffered ([etym.] δεδωκότες ἂν εἶεν) punishment enough, etc., Lys.27.9.

4 [tense] fut. inf.or part., never in [dialect] Ep., and prob. always corrupt in [dialect] Att., νομίζων μέγιστον ἂν σφᾶς ὠφελήσειν (leg. - ῆσαι) Th.5.82, cf. 6.66, 8.25,71; part. is still more exceptional, ὡς ἐμοῦ οὐκ ἂν ποιήσοντος ἄλλα Pl.Ap. 30c
(codd.), cf. D.19.342 (v. l.); both are found in later Gk., νομίσαντες ἂν οἰκήσειν οὕτως ἄριστα Plb.8.30.8
, cf. Plu.Marc.15, Arr.An.2.2.3; with part., Epicur. Nat.14.1, Luc.Asin.26, Lib.Or.62.21, dub. l. in Arr.An.6.6.5.

B IN DEPENDENT CLAUSES.

I In the protasis of conditional sentences with εἰ, regularly with the subjunctive. In Attic εἰ ἄν is contracted into ἐάν, ἤν, or ἄν ([etym.] ᾱ) (q. v.): Hom. has generally εἴ κε (or αἴ κε), sts. ἤν, once εἰ δ' ἄν Il.3.288
, twice εἴπερ ἄν 5.224
, 232. The protasis expresses either future condition (with apod. of [tense] fut. time) or general condition (with apod. of repeated action): εἰ δέ κεν ὣς ἔρξῃς καί τοι πείθωνται Ἀχαιοί, γνώσῃ ἔπειθ' ὅς .. if thus thou shalt do.., ib.2.364; ἢν ἐγγὺς ἔλθῃ θάνατος, οὐδεὶς βούλεται θνῄσκειν if death (ever) come near.., E.Alc. 671.

2 in relative or temporal clauses with a conditional force; here ἄν coalesces with ὅτε, ὁπότε, ἐπεί, ἐπειδή, cf. ὅταν, ὁπόταν, ἐπήν or ἐπάν ([dialect] Ion. ἐπεάν) , ἐπειδάν: Hom. has ὅτε κε (sts. ὅτ' ἄν) , ὁππότε κε (sts. ὁπότ' ἄν or ὁππότ' ἄν) , ἐπεί κε ( ἐπεὶ ἄν Il.6.412
), ἐπήν, εὖτ' ἄν; v. also εἰσόκε ([etym.] εἰς ὅ κε):—τάων ἥν κ' ἐθέλωμι φίλην ποιήσομ' ἄκοιτιν whomsoever of these I may wish.., Il.9.397; ὅταν δὴ μὴ σθένω, πεπαύσομαι when I shall have no strength.., S.Ant.91; ἐχθρὸς γάρ μοι κεῖνος.. ὅς χ' ἕτερον μὲν κεύθῃ ἐνὶ φρεσίν, ἄλλο δὲ εἴπῃ who ever conceals one thing in his mind and speaks another, Il.9.312, cf. D.4.6, Th.1.21. —Hom. uses subj. in both the above constructions (1 and 2 ) without ἄν; also Trag. and Com., S.Aj. 496, Ar.Eq. 805; μέχρι and πρίν occasionally take subj. without ἄν in prose, e.g. Th.1.137,4.16 ([etym.] μέχρι οὗ), Pl.Phd. 62c, Aeschin.3.60.

3 in final clauses introduced by relative Advbs., as ὡς, ὅπως (of Manner), ἵνα (of Place), ὄφρα, ἕως, etc. (of Time), freq. in [dialect] Ep., σαώτερος ὥς κε νέηαι Il.1.32
; ὄφρα κεν εὕδῃ Od.3.359
; ὅπως ἂν εἰδῇ.. φράσω A.Pr. 824
; ὅπως ἂν φαίνηται κάλλιστος Pl.Smp. 198e
; μηχανητέον ὅπως ἂν διαφύγῃ Grg. 481a
(where ὅπως with [tense] fut. ind. is the regular constr.); also after ὡς in Hdt., Trag., X.An.2.5.16, al., once in Th.6.91 (but [tense] fut. ind. is regular in [dialect] Att.); ἵνα final does not take ἄν or κε exc. ἵνα εἰδότες ἤ κε θάνωμεν ἤ κεν.. φύγοιμεν Od.12.156
( ἵνα = where in S.OC 405). μή, = lest, takes ἄν only with opt. in apodosis, as S.Tr. 631, Th.2.93.

II in [dialect] Ep. sts. with OPTATIVE as with subj. (always κε ([etym.] ν), exc. εἴ περ ἂν αὐταὶ Μοῦσαι ἀείδοιεν Il.2.597
), εἴ κεν Ἄρης οἴχοιτο Od.8.353
; ὥς κε.. δοίη ᾧ κ' ἐθέλοι that he might give her to whomsoever he might please, ib.2.54: so in Hdt. in final clauses, 1.75,99:—in Od.23.135 ὥς κέν τις φαίη, κέν belongs to Verb in apod., as in ὡς δ' ἂν ἥδιστα ταῦτα φαίνοιτο X.Cyr.7.5.81
.

2 rarely in oratio obliqua, where a relat. or temp. word retains an ἄν which it would have with subj. in direct form, S.Tr. 687, X.Mem.1.2.6, Isoc.17.15; ἐπειδὰν δοκιμασθείην D.30.6
:—similarly after a preceding opt., οὐκ ἀποκρίναιο ἕως ἂν.. σκέψαιο Pl.Phd. 101d
.

III rarely with εἰ and INDICATIVE in protasis, only in [dialect] Ep.:

1 with [tense] fut. ind. as with subj.: αἴ κεν Ἰλίου πεφιδήσεται Il.15.213
:—so with relat., οἵ κέ με τιμήσουσι 1.175
.

2 with εἰ and a past tense of ind., once in Hom., εἰ δέ κ' ἔτι προτέρω γένετο δρόμος Il.23.526
; so Ζεὺς γάρ κ' ἔθηκε νῆσον εἴ κ' ἐβούλετο Orac. ap. Hdt.1.174, cf. Ar.Lys. 1099 (cod. R), A.R.1.197.

IV in later Greek, ἄν with relative words is used with INDICATIVE in all tenses, as ὅπου ἂν εἰσεπορεύετο Ev.Marc.6.56
; ὅσ' ἂν πάσχετε PFay. 136
(iv A. D.); ἔνθ' ἂν πέφυκεν ἡ ὁλότης εἶναι Phlp. in Ph.436.19
; cf. ἐάν, ὅταν.

C with [tense] impf. and more rarely [tense] aor. ind. in ITERATIVE construction, to express elliptically a condilion fulfilled whenever an opportumty offered; freq. in Hdt. (not in Pi. or A.), κλαίεσκε ἂν καὶ ὀδυρέσκετο she would (i. e. used to) weep and lament, 3.119; εἶτα πῦρ ἂν οὐ παρῆν S.Ph. 295
; εἴ τινες ἴδοιεν.., ἀνεθάρσησαν ἄν whenever they saw it, on each occasion, Th.7.71; διηρώτων ἂν αὐτοὺς τί λέγοιεν Pl.Ap. 22b
: inf. representing [tense] impf. of this constr., ἀκούω Λακεδαιμονίους τότε ἐμβαλόντας ἂν.. ἀναχωρεῖν, i. e. I hear they used to retire ([etym.] ἀνεχώρουν ἄν), D.9.48.

D GENERAL REMARKS:

I POSITION OF ἄν.

1 in A, when ἄν does not coalesce with the relat. word (as in ἐάν, ὅταν), it follows directly or is separated only by other particles, as μέν, δέ, τε, ga/r, kai/, νυ, περ, etc.; as εἰ μέν κεν.. εἰ δέ κε Il.3.281
-4; rarely by τις, as ὅποι τις ἄν, οἶμαι, προσθῇ D.2.14
:—in Hom. and Hes. two such Particles may precede κε, as εἴ περ γάρ κεν Od.8.355
, cf. Il.2.123; εἰ γάρ τίς κε, ὃς μὲν γάρ κε, Hes.Op. 280, 357; rarely in Prose, ὅποι μὲν γὰρ ἄν D.4.45
; ὁπότερος οὖν ἄν Ar.Ra. 1420
: also ὁπόσῳ πλέον ἄν Pl.Lg. 647e
, cf. 850a; ὅπου τὸ πάλαι λεγόμενον ἂν γίγνηται 739c
.

2 in apodosis, ἄν may stand either next to its Verb (before or after it), or after some other emphatic word, esp. an interrog., a negative (e. g. οὐδ' ἂν εἷς, οὐκ ἂν ἔτι, etc.), or an important Adjective or Adverb; also after a participle which represents the protasis, λέγοντος ἄν τινος πιστεῦσαι οἴεσθε; do you think they would have believed it if any one had told them? ([etym.] εἴ τις ἔλεγεν, ἐπίστευσαν ἄν), D.6.20.

3 ἄν is freq. separated from its inf. by such Verbs as οἴομαι, δοκέω, φημί, οἶδα, etc., οὐκ ἂν οἴει .. ; freq. in Pl., Grg. 486d, al.; καὶ νῦν ἡδέως ἄν μοι δοκῶ κοινωνῆσαι I think that I should, X.Cyr.8.7.25; οὕτω γὰρ ἄν μοι δοκεῖ ἥ τε πόλις ἄριστα διοικεῖσθαι Aeschin.3.2
; ἃ μήτε προῄδει μηδεὶς μήτ' ἂν ᾠήθη τήμερον ῥηθῆναι (where ἄν belongs to ῥηθῆναι) D. 18.225:—in the phrase οὐκ οἶδ' ἂν εἰ, or οὐκ ἂν οἶδ' εἰ, ἄν belongs not to οἶδα, but to the Verb which follows, οὐκ οἶδ' ἂν εἰ πείσαιμι, for οὐκ οἶδα εἰ πείσαιμι ἄν, E.Med. 941, cf. Alc.48; οὐκ ἂν οἶδ' εἰ δυναίμην Pl. Ti. 26b
; οὐκ οἶδ' ἂν εἰ ἐκτησάμην X.Cyr.5.4.12
.

4 ἄν never begins a sentence, or even a clause after a comma, but may stand first after a parenthetic clause, ἀλλ', ὦ μέλ', ἄν μοι σιτίων διπλῶν ἔδει Ar. Pax
<*>37.

II REPETITION OF ἄν:—in apodosis ἄν may be used twice or even three times with the same Verb, either to make the condition felt throughout a long sentence, or to emphasize certain words, ὥστ' ἄν, εἰ σθένος λάβοιμι, δηλώσαιμ' ἄν S.El. 333
, cf. Ant.69, A.Ag. 340, Th.1.76 (fin.), 2.41, Pl.Ap. 31a, Lys.20.15; ἀφανεῖς ἂν ὄντες οὐκ ἂν ὑμνήθημεν ἄν E.Tr. 1244
, cf. S.Fr. 739; attached to a parenthetical phrase, ἔδρασ' ἄν, εὖ τοῦτ' ἴσθ' ἄν, εἰ .. Id.OT 1438.

2 ἄν is coupled with κε ([etym.] ν ) a few times in Hom., as Il.11.187, 202, Od.5.361, al.; cf. ἤν περ γάρ κ' ἐθέλωσιν v.l. ib.18.318.

III ELLIPSIS OF VERB:—sts. the Verb to which ἄν belongs must be supplied, in Hom. only εἰμί, as τάτ' ἔλδεται ὅς κ' ἐπιδευής (sc. ᾖ) Il.5.481; ἀλλ' οὐκ ἂν πρὸ τοῦ (sc. ἔρρεγκον) Ar.Nu.5; τί δ' ἂν δοκεῖ σοι Πρίαμος (sc. πρᾶξαι) , εἰ τάδ' ἤνυσεν; A.Ag. 935
:—so in phrases like πῶς γὰρ ἄν; and πῶς οὐκ ἄν (sc. εἴη); also in ὥσπερ ἂν εἰ (or ὡσπερανεί), as φοβούμενος ὥσπερ ἂν εἰ παῖς (i. e. ὥσπερ ἂν ἐφοβήθη εἰ παῖς ἦν) Pl.Grg. 479a; so τοσοῦτον ἐφρόνησαν, ὅσον περ ἂν (sc. ἐφρόνησαν) εἰ.. Isoc.10.48
:—so also when κἂν εἰ ( = καὶ ἂν εἰ) has either no Verb in the apod. or one to which ἄν cannot belong, Pl.R. 477a, Men. 72c; cf. κἄν:—so the Verb of a protasis containing ἄν may be understood, ὅποι τις ἂν προσθῇ, κἂν μικρὰν δύναμιν (i. e. καὶ ἐὰν προσθῇ) D.2.14; ὡς ἐμοῦ οὖν ἰόντος ὅπῃ ἂν καὶ ὑμεῖς (sc. ἴητε) X.An.1.3.6.

IV ELLIPSIS OF ἄν:—when an apodosis consists of several co-ordinate clauses, ἄν is generally used only in the first and understood in the others: πείθοι' ἂν εἰ πείθοι'· ἀπειθοίης δ' ἴσως A.Ag. 1049
: even when the construction is continued in a new sentence, Pl.R. 352e, cf. 439b codd.: but ἄν is repeated for the sake of clearness or emphasis, ib. 398a, cf. D.19.156 (where an opt. is implied with the third ὡς): rarely expressed with the second of two co-ordinate Verbs and understood with the first, τοῦτον ἂν.. θαρσοίην ἐγὼ καλῶς μὲν ἄρχειν, εὖ δ' ἂν ἄρχεσθαι θέλειν (i. e. καλῶς μὲν ἂν ἄρχοι, εὖ δ' ἂν θέλοι ἄρχεσθαι) S.Ant. 669.

------------------------------------

ἄν (B), [pron. full] [ᾱ], [dialect] Att.,

A = ἐάν, ἤν, Th.4.46 codd., al.; freq. in Pl., ἂν σωφρονῇ Phd. 61b
; ἂν θεὸς θέλῃ ib. 80d, cf. D.4.50; ἄν τ'.. ἄν τε Arist. Ath.48.4
: not common in earlier [dialect] Att. Inscrr., IG1.2a5, 2.179b49, al.: but freq. later, SIG1044.27 (iv/iii B. C.), PPetr.2p.47 (iii B. C.), PPar.32.19 (ii B. C.), PTeb.110.8 (i B. C.), Ev.Jo.20.23, etc.

------------------------------------

ἄν (C) or [full] ἀν, Epic form of ἀνά, q. v.

------------------------------------

ἄν (D), shortened from ἄνα, v. sub ἀνά G.

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ἄν
13 herredømme

sg - hérredømmet

госпо́дство с

míste hérredømmet — потеря́ть власть

* * *

ascendancy / ascendency, control, domination, dominion

* * *

(et)

( beherskelse) control ( over over, of, fx a dog, a horse, a class, the situation), command ( over of, over, fx the sea, the situation; over oneself),

( fuldstændig) mastery ( over over, of, fx a horse, the sea(s));

(styre etc) control ( fx come under British control),

( især hårdt) domination ( fx people who lived under Communist domination);

F dominion ( fx they would resent foreign dominion);

(litt) sway;

[ med præp:]

[ herredømmet i luften] the command (, mastery) of the air, air supremacy;

[ få herredømme over] get control of ( fx the situation, a wild horse, a country), become (,make oneself) master (, mistress) of; obtain the command of ( fx the air);

[ miste herredømmet over bilen] lose control of the car;

[ herredømme over sproget] a command of the language;

[ herredømme over sig selv]

( også) self-control ( fx lose (, regain) one's self-control);

[ herredømmet på havet] the command of the sea, naval supremacy.

Danish-English dictionary > herredømme
14 λόγος

λόγος, ου, ὁ (verbal noun of λέγω in the sense ‘pick’; Hom.+).

① a communication whereby the mind finds expression, word

ⓐ of utterance, chiefly oral.

α. as expression, word (oratorical ability plus exceptional performance were distinguishing marks in Hellenic society, hence the frequent association of λ. and ἔργον ‘deed’; a sim. formulation as early as Il. 9, 443 μύθων τε ῥητῆρʼ ἔμεναι πρηκτῆρά τε ἔργων; Polystrat. p. 33 μὴ λόγῳ μόνον ἀλλʼ ἔργω; Just., A II, 4, 2 ἢ λόγῳ ἢ ἔργῳ and D. 35, 7 λόγον ἢ πρᾶξιν) δυνατὸς ἐν ἔργῳ κ. λόγῳ, i.e. an exceptional personage Lk 24:19; pl. of Moses Ac 7:22 (the contrast expressed w. a verb Choix 20, 6–8 ποιεῖ ἀγαθὸν ὄτι δύναται καὶ λόγῳ καὶ ἔργῳ of Apollordorus, a benefactor in Cyzicus, a flourishing city in Phrygia; sim. New Docs 7, 233, no. 10, 8f πολιτευόμενος … λόγῳ καὶ ἔργῳ; cp. IKourion 32, 8; without contrast Diod S 13, 101, 3 ἄνδρας λόγῳ δυνατούς; for sim. constructions using λέγω and πράσσω s. Danker, Benefactor 339–43). Cp. Ro 15:18; 2 Cor 10:11; Col 3:17; 2 Th 2:17; Hb 13:21 v.l.; 1J 3:18 (cp. Theognis 1, 87f Diehl³ μή μʼ ἔπεσιν μὲν στέργε κτλ.—For the contrast λόγῳ … ἀληθείᾳ cp. Diod S 13, 4, 1). In contrast to a sinful deed we also have the λόγος ἁμαρτίας sinful word Judaicon 172, 9. W. γνῶσις: ἐν παντὶ λόγῳ κ. πάσῃ γνώσει 1 Cor 1:5. ἰδιώτης τῷ λόγῳ, ἀλλʼ οὐ τῇ γνώσει 2 Cor 11:6. (Opp. δύναμις ‘revelation of power’) 1 Cor 4:19, 20. τὸ εὐαγγέλιον οὐκ ἐγενήθη ἐν λόγῳ μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐν δυνάμει 1 Th 1:5 (cp. Ar. 13, 7 of mythical accounts οὐδέν εἰσιν εἰ μὴ μόνον λόγοι ‘they’re nothing but words’). W. ἐπιστολή: 2 Th 2:2, 15. W. ἀναστροφή: 1 Ti 4:12; 1 Pt 3:1b. Opp. ‘be silent’: IRo 2:1.—μόνον εἰπὲ λόγῳ just say the word Mt 8:8; cp. Lk 7:7 (Ath. 17, 1 ὡς λόγῳ εἰπεῖν; 29, 2; Phalaris, Ep. 121, 1 λόγῳ λέγειν; cp. schol. on Pla. 341a ἐν λόγῳ μόνον εἰπεῖν). οὐδεὶς ἐδύνατο ἀποκριθῆναι αὐτῷ λόγον no one was able to answer him a (single) word Mt 22:46; cp. 15:23 (cp. TestAbr A 16 p. 98, 11 [Stone p. 44] οὐκ ἀπεκρίθη αὐτῷ λόγον).— The (mighty) word (of one who performs miracles) ἐξέβαλεν τὰ πνεύματα λόγῳ Mt 8:16 (a rare use of λ. as ‘single utterance’, s. L-S-J-M s.v. VII).—διὰ λόγου by word of mouth (opp. ‘by letter’) Ac 15:27.—In the textually uncertain pass. Ac 20:24 the text as it stands in N., οὐδενὸς λόγου (v.l. λόγον) ποιοῦμαι τὴν ψυχὴν τιμίαν, may well mean: I do not consider my life worth a single word (cp. λόγου ἄξιον [ἄξιος 1a] and our ‘worth mention’; s. Conzelmann ad loc.).

β. The expression may take on a variety of formulations or topical nuances: what you say Mt 5:37; statement (PGM 4, 334) Lk 20:20; question (Sext. Emp., Math. 8, 295; 9, 133; Diog. L. 2, 116) ἐρωτήσω ὑμᾶς λόγον I will ask you a question (cp. TestJob 36:5; GrBar 5:1; ApcSed 13:6; Jos., Ant. 12, 99) Mt 21:24; cp. Mk 11:29; Lk 20:3; prayer (PGM 1, 25; 4, 90; 179; 230 al.; 5, 180; 196 al.) Mt 26:44; Mk 14:39. ἡγούμενος τοῦ λ. principal speaker Ac 14:12. W. epexeget. gen. λ. παρακλήσεως 13:15. W. κήρυγμα our manner of presentation and our proclamation 1 Cor 2:4a (but s. comm.). (W. διδασκαλία) preaching 1 Ti 5:17; prophecy (Biogr. p. 364 [Pythia]) J 2:22; 18:32. Command (Aeschyl., Pers. 363) Lk 4:36; 2 Pt 3:5, 7; via a letter 2 Th 3:14. Report, story (X., An. 1, 4, 7; Diod S 3, 40, 9; 19, 110, 1 λ. διαδιδόναι=spread a report; Appian, Iber. 80 §346, Maced. 4 §1 [both=rumor]; Diod S 32, 15, 3 ἦλθεν ὁ λ. ἐπί τινα=the report came to someone; Arrian, Anab. 7, 22, 1 λόγος λέγεται τοιόσδε=a story is told like this, Ind. 9, 2; Diod S 3, 18, 3 λ.=story, account; Jos., Ant. 19, 132; Tat. 27, 2 τοῦ καθʼ Ἡρακλέα λόγου) Mt 28:15; Mk 1:45; Lk 5:15 (λ. περί τινος as X., An. 6, 6, 13; Jos., Ant. 19, 127) 7:17; J 21:23. ἠκούσθη ὁ λόγος εἰς τὰ ὦτα τ. ἐκκλησίας the report came to the ears of the assembly in Jerusalem Ac 11:22. λόγον ἔχειν σοφίας have the appearance of wisdom, pass for wisdom Col 2:23 (cp. Pla., Epinomis 987b ἔχει λόγον; Demosth., C. Lept. 462 [20, 18] λόγον τινʼ ἔχον; but mng. 2f is possible). Proverb (Pla., Phdr. 17, 240c, Symp. 18, 195b, Gorg. 54, 499c, Leg. 6, 5, 757a; Socrat., Ep. 22, 1) J 4:37 (Ps.-Callisth. 1, 13, 7 ἀληθῶς ἐν τούτῳ ὁ λ. foll. by a proverb). Proclamation, instruction, teaching, message Lk 4:32; 10:39; J 4:41; 17:20; Ac 2:41; 4:4; 10:44; 20:7; 1 Cor 1:17; 2:1. In Ac18:15 ζητήματα περὶ λόγου καὶ ὀνομάτων καὶ νόμου the sense appears to be someth. like this: controversial issues involving disputes about words and your way of life with λ. prob. referring to the presentation of controversial subjects, which in turn arouses heated ζητήματα debates. λόγος σοφίας proclamation of wisdom, speaking wisely 1 Cor 12:8a (Ps.-Phoc. 129 τῆς θεοπνεύστου σοφίης λ.); corresp. λ. γνώσεως vs. 8b. Cp. 14:9; 15:2; 2 Cor 1:18; 6:7; 10:10. λ. μαρτυρίας word of witness Rv 12:11. ὁ κατὰ τ. διδαχὴν πιστὸς λ. the message of faith, corresponding to the teaching Tit 1:9; the opp. 2 Ti 2:17. A speech (Aristot. p. 14b, 2; Diod S 40, 5a) διὰ λόγου πολλοῦ in a long speech Ac 15:32; cp. 20:2. λ. κολακείας flattering speech 1 Th 2:5. Speaking gener. 2 Cor 8:7; Eph 6:19; Col 4:6; D 2:5. ἐν λόγῳ πταίειν make a mistake in what one says Js 3:2.—Of God’s word, command, commission (LXX; ParJer 5:19 κατηχῆσαι αὐτοὺς τὸν λόγον; SyrBar 13:2; ApcSed 14:10; Just., D. 84, 2; Ael. Aristid. hears a ἱερὸς λ. at night fr. a god: 28, 116 K.=49, p. 529 D.; Sextus 24) ἠκυρώσατε τ. λόγον τοῦ θεοῦ Mt 15:6 (v.l. νόμον, ἐντολήν); cp. Mk 7:13.—J 5:38; 8:55; 10:35; Ro 3:4 (Ps 50:6). Of God’s promise Ro 9:6, 9 (but these two vss., and Gal 5:14 below, prob. fit better under 2a), 28 (Is 10:22f). Cp. Hb 2:2; 4:2 (s. ἀκοή 4b); 7:28; 12:19. For B 15:1 see 1aδ. The whole law (as the expr. εἴ τι ἑτέρα ἐντολή indicates not limited to a narrow list of commandments), acc. to Ro 13:9. In what is prob. a play on words (s. 2a and b), Gal 5:14 (s. 2a below) is summed up in the λόγος as expressed in Lev 19:18.—That which God has created ἁγιάζεται διὰ λόγου θεοῦ 1 Ti 4:5; in line w. the context, this hardly refers to God’s creative word (so SibOr 3, 20; PtK 2; πάντα γὰρ λόγῳ ποιήσας ὁ θεός Theoph. Ant. 2, 18 [144, 8]), but to table prayers which use biblical expressions. The divine word as judge of thoughts Hb 4:12. τελεσθήσονται οἱ λ. τοῦ θεοῦ Ac 17:17; cp. 19:9.—Of the divine revelation through Christ and his messengers (Just., A I, 61, 9 λόγον … παρὰ τῶν ἀποστόλων ἐμάθομεν τοῦτον) θεὸς ἐφανέρωσεν τὸν λ. αὐτοῦ ἐν κηρύγματι Tit 1:3. δέδωκα αὐτοῖς τὸν λ. σου J 17:14; cp. vss. 6, 17; 1J 1:10; 2:14. ἵνα μὴ ὁ λ. τοῦ θεοῦ βλασφημῆται Tit 2:5. The apostles and other preachers, w. ref. to the λόγος of God, are said to: λαλεῖν Ac 4:29, 31; 13:46; Phil 1:14; Hb 13:7; καταγγέλλειν Ac 13:5; 17:13; διδάσκειν 18:11; μαρτυρεῖν Rv 1:2. Of their hearers it is said: τὸν λ. τοῦ θεοῦ ἀκούειν Ac 13:7; δέχεσθαι 8:14; 11:1. Of the λ. τοῦ θεοῦ itself we read: ηὔξανεν Ac 6:7; 12:24; 19:20; οὐ δέδεται 2 Ti 2:9. In these places and many others ὁ λόγος τοῦ θεοῦ is simply the Christian message, the gospel: Lk 5:1; 8:11, 21; 11:28 (Simplicius in Epict. p. 1, 20 μὴ μόνον ἀκουόντων ἀλλὰ πασχόντων καὶ ὑπὸ τῶν λόγων=let the message have its effect on oneself); Ac 6:2 (s. καταλείπω 7c; for prob. commercial metaph. s. 2a below); 13:44 v.l. (for κυρίου); 16:32 v.l.; 1 Cor 14:36; 2 Cor 2:17; 4:2; Col 1:25; 1 Pt 1:23; Rv 1:9; 6:9; 20:4; IPhld 11:1. Cp. 1 Th 2:13ab; 1J 2:5.—Since this ‘divine word’ is brought to humanity through Christ, his word can be used in the same sense: ὁ λόγος μου J 5:24; cp. 8:31, 37, 43, 51f; 12:48; 14:23f; 15:3, 20b; Rv 3:8. ὁ λόγος τοῦ Χριστοῦ Col 3:16; cp. Hb 6:1. ὁ λ. τοῦ κυρίου Ac 8:25; 12:24 v.l.; 13:44, 48f; 14:25 v.l.; 15:35, 36; 16:32 (cp. λ. θεοῦ); 19:10; 1 Th 1:8; 2 Th 3:1. Pl. Mk 8:38 (Lk 9:26); 1 Ti 6:3; cp. Lk 24:44; s. also 1aδ.—Or it is called simply ὁ λόγος=the ‘Word’, for no misunderstanding would be possible among Christians: Mt 13:20–23; Mk 2:2; 4:14–20, 33; 8:32 (s. 1aε below); 16:20; Lk 1:2; 8:12f, 15; Ac 6:4; 8:4; 10:36 (on the syntax s. FNeirynck, ETL 60, ’84, 118–23); 11:19; 14:25 (cp. λ. κυρίου above); 16:6; 17:11; 18:5; Gal 6:6; Phil 1:14; Col 4:3; 1 Th 1:6; 2 Ti 4:2; Js 1:21ff; 1 Pt 2:8; 3:1; 1J 2:7; AcPl Ha 7, 6 (so also Mel., HE 4, 26, 13; Ath. 2, 3).—Somet. the ‘Word’ is more closely defined by a gen.: ὁ λ. τῆς βασιλείας the word of the reign/rule (of God) Mt 13:19. τῆς σωτηρίας Ac 13:26. τῆς καταλλαγῆς 2 Cor 5:19. τοῦ σταυροῦ 1 Cor 1:18. δικαιοσύνης (q.v. 3a) Hb 5:13. ζωῆς Phil 2:16. (τῆς) ἀληθείας (Theoph. Ant. 3, 4 [p. 212, 2]; cp. περὶ ἀληθείας Hippol., Ref. 10, 6, 1) Eph 1:13; Col 1:5; 2 Ti 2:15; Js 1:18; AcPl Ha 8, 8 (Just., D. 121, 2). τῆς χάριτος αὐτοῦ (=τοῦ κυρίου) Ac 14:3; 20:32. (Differently the pl. οἱ λόγοι τ. χάριτος gracious words Lk 4:22; cp. Marcellinus, Vi. Thu. 57 Hude λόγοι εἰρωνείας.) ὁ λ. τοῦ εὐαγγελίου Ac 15:7; ὁ τοῦ Χριστιανισμοῦ λ. MPol 10:1. In Rv 3:10 the gospel is described by the ‘One who has the key of David’ as ὁ λ. τῆς ὑπομονῆς μου my word of endurance (W-S. §30, 12c). λ. τῶν ὑ[πο]μονῶν AcPl Ha 6, 11. παρελάβετε τὸν λ. ὅτι AcPl Ha 8, 25.—The pastoral letters favor the expr. πιστὸς ὁ λόγος (sc. ἐστίν, and s. πιστός 1b) 1 Ti 1:15; 3:1; 4:9; 2 Ti 2:11; Tit 3:8; cp. Rv 21:5; 22:6. λ. ὑγιής sound preaching Tit 2:8; cp. the pl. ὑγιαίνοντες λόγοι 2 Ti 1:13 (on medicinal use of words for the mind or soul s. VLeinieks, The City of Dionysos ’96, 115–22, on Eur.).—The pl. is also used gener. of Christian teachings, the words of the gospel Lk 1:4 (s. κατηχέω 2a); 1 Th 4:18. οἱ λ. τῆς πίστεως 1 Ti 4:6. On λόγοι κυριακοί for λόγια κυριακά in the title of the Papias document s. ἐξήγησις 2.—JSchniewind, Die Begriffe Wort und Evangelium bei Pls, diss. Bonn 1910; RAsting (εὐαγγέλιον, end).

γ. of an individual declaration or remark: assertion, declaration, speech ἀκούσαντες τὸν λ. when they heard the statement Mt 15:12; cp. 19:11, 22; 22:15; Mk 5:36. διὰ τοῦτον τὸν λ. because of this statement of yours 7:29 (TestAbr A 15 p. 95, 29 [Stone p. 38] τὸν λ. τοῦτον; ApcMos 25 εἰς τὸν λόγον σου κρινῶ σε). Cp. 10:22; 12:13; Lk 1:29; 22:61 v.l. (for ῥήματος); J 4:39, 50; 6:60; 7:36, 40 v.l.; 15:20a; 18:9; 19:8; Ac 6:5; 7:29; 20:38; 22:22; 1 Th 4:15. ὸ̔ς ἐὰν εἴπῃ λόγον κατὰ τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου whoever utters a (defamatory) word against the Son of Humanity Mt 12:32 (λ. εἰπεῖν κατά τινος as Jos., Ant. 15, 81); cp. Lk 12:10. λόγος σαπρός unwholesome talk Eph 4:29. λόγον ποιεῖσθαι make a speech Ac 11:2 D (cp. Hyperid. 3, 20; Jos., Ant. 11, 86).

δ. the pl. (οἱ) λόγοι is used, on the one hand, of words uttered on various occasions, of speeches or instruction given here and there by humans or transcendent beings (TestAbr A 14 p. 94, 19 [Stone p. 36]; Jos., Ant. 4, 264; Just., D. 100, 3) ἐκ τῶν λόγων σου δικαιωθήσῃ (καταδικασθήσῃ) Mt 12:37ab; 24:35; Mk 13:31; Lk 21:33; Ac 2:40; 7:22 (ἐν λόγοις καὶ ἔργοις αὐτοῦ. On the word-deed pair cp. Dio Chrys. 4, 6 the λόγοι and ἔργα of Diogenes; s. α above). οἱ δέκα λόγοι the ten commandments (Ex 34:28; Dt 10:4; Philo, Rer. Div. Her. 168, Decal. 32; Jos., Ant. 3, 138; cp. 91f; Did., Gen. 36, 10) B 15:1. Ac 15:24; 20:35; 1 Cor 2:4b, 13; 14:19ab; κενοὶ λ. Eph 5:6; AcPl Ox 6, 13 (cp. Aa 1, 241, 14); Dg 8:2; πλαστοὶ λ. 2 Pt 2:3. λ. πονηροί 3J 10.—Also of words and exprs. that form a unity, whether it be connected discourse (Jos., Ant. 15, 126; Just., A II, 12, 6, D. 11, 5; 81, 3 al.), a conversation, or parts of one and the same teaching, or expositions on the same subject (Diod S 16, 2, 3 μετέσχε τῶν Πυθαγορίων λόγων; Dio Chrys. 37 [54], 1; Ael. Aristid. 50, 55 K.=26 p. 519 D.: οἱ Πλάτωνος λόγοι; PsSol 17:43 [words of the Messiah]; AscIs 3:12 οἱ λόγοι τοῦ Βελχειρά) πᾶς ὅστις ἀκούει μου τοὺς λόγους τούτους Mt 7:24; cp. vss. 26, 28; 10:14; 19:1; 26:1; Mk 10:24; Lk 1:20; 6:47; 9:28, 44. ἐπηρώτα αὐτὸν ἐν λόγοις ἱκανοῖς he questioned him at some length 23:9. τίνες οἱ λ. οὗτοι οὓς ἀντιβάλλετε; what is this conversation that you are holding? 24:17; J 7:40 (s. γ); 10:19; J 14:24a; 19:13; Ac 2:22; 5:5, 24; 16:36; 2 Ti 4:15; 1 Cl 13:1; 46:7. λόγοις φθοριμαίοις AcPlCor 1:2.

ε. the subject under discussion, matter, thing gener. (Theognis 1055 Diehl; Hdt. 8, 65 μηδενὶ ἄλλῳ τὸν λόγον τοῦτον εἴπῃς. Cp. Hebr. דָּבָר) τὸν λ. ἐκράτησαν they took up the subject Mk 9:10; cp. Mt. 21:24 (s. 1aβ beg.). οὐκ ἔστιν σοι μερὶς ἐν τῷ λόγῳ τούτῳ you have no share in this matter Ac 8:21. ἰδεῖν περὶ τ. λόγου τούτου look into this matter 15:6. ἔχειν πρός τινα λόγον have a complaint against someone (cp. Demosth. 35, 55 ἐμοὶ πρὸς τούτους ὁ λόγος; PIand 16, 3 δίκαιον λόγον ἔχει πρὸς σέ) 19:38. παρεκτὸς λόγου πορνείας Mt 5:32; 19:9 v.l. (2d is also prob.).—Perh. also Mk 8:32 he discussed the subject quite freely (but s. 1aβ above).

ⓑ of literary or oratorical productions: of the separate books of a work (Hdt. 5, 36 ἐν τῷ πρώτῳ τ. λόγων; Pla., Parmen. 2, 127d ὁ πρῶτος λόγος; Philo, Omn. Prob. Lib. 1 ὁ μὲν πρότερος λόγος ἦν ἡμῖν, ὦ Θεόδοτε, περὶ τοῦ …) treatise Ac 1:1 (s. on the prologue to Ac: AHilgenfeld, ZWT 41, 1898, 619ff; AGercke, Her 29, 1894, 373ff; RLaqueur, Her 46, 1911, 161ff; Norden, Agn. Th. 311ff; JCreed, JTS 35, ’34, 176–82; Goodsp., Probs. 119–21). Παπίας … πέντε λόγους κυριακῶν λογίων ἔγραψεν Papias (11:1; cp. 3:1 e; 11:2; 12:2).—περὶ οὗ πολὺς ἡμῖν ὁ λόγος about this we have much to say Hb 5:11. Hb is described as ὁ λ. τῆς παρακλήσεως a word of exhortation (in literary form) 13:22. Of writings that are part of Holy Scripture ὁ λ. Ἠσαί̈ου J 12:38. ὁ λ. ὁ ἐν τῷ νόμῳ γεγραμμένος 15:25; ὁ προφητικὸς λ. 2 Pt 1:19; 2 Cl 11:2 (quot. of unknown orig.); AcPl Ha 8, 27/BMM recto 35 (Just., D. 77, 2 al.). ὁ ἅγιος λ. the holy word 1 Cl 56:3. ὁ λ. ὁ γεγραμμένος 1 Cor 15:54 (Is 25:8 and Hos 13:14 follow). Pl. οἱ λόγοι τ. προφητῶν Ac 15:15. ὡς γέγραπται ἐν βίβλῳ λόγων Ἠσαί̈ου Lk 3:4 (Pla., 7th Epistle 335a πείθεσθαι ἀεὶ χρὴ τοῖς παλαιοῖς καὶ ἱεροῖς λόγοις; TestJob 1:1 βίβλος λόγων Ἰώβ; ParJer 9:32 v.l. τὰ λοιπὰ τῶν λόγων Ἱερεμίου; ApcEsdr 1:1 καὶ ἀποκάλυψις τοῦ … Ἐσδράμ; ApcSed prol.; Just., D. 72, 3f).—Of the content of Rv: ὁ ἀναγινώσκων τ. λόγους τῆς προφητείας 1:3. οἱ λόγοι (τ. προφητείας) τ. βιβλίου τούτου 22:7, 9f, 18f.

② computation, reckoning

ⓐ a formal accounting, esp. of one’s actions, and freq. with fig. extension of commercial terminology account, accounts, reckoning λόγον δοῦναι (Hdt. 8, 100; X., Cyr. 1, 4, 3; Diod S 3, 46, 4; SIG 1099, 16; BGU 164, 21; Jos., Ant. 16, 120; Just., D. 115, 6) give account, make an accounting ἕκαστος περὶ ἑαυτοῦ λόγον δώσει τ. θεῷ Ro 14:12. Also λ. ἀποδοῦναι abs. (Just., D. 116, 1 al.; Diod S 16, 56, 4; 19, 9, 4) Hb 13:17. τινί to someone (Diod S 16, 27, 4; Plut., Alcib. 7, 3; Chariton 7, 6, 2; SIG 631, 13 τᾷ πόλει; 2 Ch 34:28; Da 6:3 Theod.; Jos., Bell. 1, 209) τῷ ἑτοίμως ἔχοντι κρῖναι 1 Pt 4:5. τινὸς of someth. (SIG 1044, 46; 1105, 10 τοῦ ἀναλώματος; Jos., Ant. 19, 307) Lk 16:2 (here λ. w. the art.; on the subject of undergoing an audit cp. Aeschin. 3, 22). Likew. περί τινος (Diod S 18, 60, 2 δοὺς αὑτῷ περὶ τούτων λόγον=taking account [considering] with himself; BGU 98, 25 περὶ τούτου) Mt 12:36; Ac 19:40. ὑπέρ τινος concerning someone Hv 3, 9, 10.—αἰτεῖν τινα λόγον περί τινος call someone to account for someth. 1 Pt 3:15 (cp. Pla., Pol. 285e; Dio Chrys. 20 [37], 30; Apc4Esdr Fgm. b ἕκαστος ὑπὸ τοῦ οἰκείου ἔργου τὸν λόγον ἀπαιτηθήσεται; Just., A I, 17, 4. For another perspective s. d below.).—Of banking responsibility ὁ λόγος τοῦ θεοῦ (PStras 72, 10 [III A.D.] ὁ τῶν θεῶν λ.; PHerm 108 [III A.D.] λ. τοῦ Σαραπείου) in wordplay Ac 6:2 (w. τράπεζα q.v. 1c); s. also 1aβ.—Of a ledger heading (POxy 1333 [II/III A.D.] δὸς αὐτῳ λόγῳ θεωρικῶν=credit him under ‘festivals’; for others s. Preisig., Wörterbuch s.v. λ. 14; s. also Fachwörter 119) Ro 9:6 (the point is that God’s ‘list’ of Israelites is accurate; on ἐκπίπτω in the sense ‘is not deficient’ s. s.v. 4); vs. 9 (the ‘count’ is subsumed by metonymy in divine promise); Gal 5:14 (all moral obligations come under one ‘entry’: ‘you shall love your neighbor as yourself’; for commercial association of ἀναλίσκω vs. 15, which rounds out the wordplay, s. s.v.). The contexts of these three passages suggest strong probability for commercial associations; for another view s. 1aβ.

ⓑ settlement (of an account) (εἰς λόγον commercial t.t. ‘in settlement of an account’ POxy 275, 19; 21) εἰς λόγον δόσεως κ. λήμψεως in settlement of a mutual account (lit., ‘of giving and receiving’, ‘of debit and credit’) Phil 4:15 (cp. Plut., Mor. 11b λόγον δοῦναι καὶ λαβεῖν; a parallel formulation POxy 1134,10 [421 A.D.] λ. λήμματος καὶ ἐξοδιασμοῦ=ledger of income and expenditures); for the linked accounting terms δόσις and λήμψις s. PCairMasp 151, 208 [VI A.D.]. The same ideas are in the background of εἰς λόγον ὑμῶν credited to your account vs 17.—συναίρειν λόγον settle accounts (BGU 775, 18f. The mid. in the same mng. PFay109, 6 [I A.D.]; POxy 113, 27f.—Dssm., LO 94 [LAE 118f]) μετά τινος Mt 18:23; 25:19.

ⓒ reflection, respect, regard εἰς λόγον τινός with regard to, for the sake of (Thu. 3, 46, 4; Demosth. 19, 142 εἰς ἀρετῆς λόγον; Polyb. 11, 28, 8; Ath. 31, 1; Ael. Aristid. 39 p. 743 D.: εἰς δεινότητος λ.) εἰς λ. τιμῆς IPhld 11:2. εἰς λ. θεοῦ ISm 10:1.

ⓓ reason for or cause of someth., reason, ground, motive (Just., D. 94, 3 δότε μοι λόγον, ὅτου χάριν … ; Ath. 30, 3 τὶς γὰρ … λόγος; Dio Chrys. 64 [14], 18 ἐκ τούτου τ. λόγου; Appian, Hann. 29 §126 τῷ αὐτῷ λόγῳ; Iambl., Vi. Pyth. 28, 155) τίνι λόγω; for what reason? Ac 10:29 (cp. Pla., Gorg. 512c τίνι δικαίῳ λ.; Appian, Mithrid. 57 §232 τίνι λόγῳ;). λόγον περὶ τῆς ἐν ὑμῖν ἐλπίδος 1 Pt 3:15 (but s. a above); κατὰ λόγον Ac 18:14 (s. κατά B 5bβ). παρεκτὸς λόγου πορνείας Mt 5:32; 19:9 v.l. (though 1aε is also poss.).

ⓔ πρὸς ὸ̔ν ἡμῖν ὁ λόγος (ἐστίν) with whom we have to do (i.e. to reckon) (Dio Chrys. 31, 123; other exx. in FBleek, Hb II/1, 1836, 590ff), in his capacity as judge (Libanius, Legat. Ulixis [=Declamatio IV] 2 F. τοῖς δὲ ἀδίκως ἀποκτενοῦσι καὶ πρὸς θεοὺς καὶ πρὸς ἀνθρώπους ὁ λόγος γίγνεται) Hb 4:13. οὐ πρὸς σάρκα ὁ λόγος, ἀλλὰ πρὸς θεόν he has to do not with flesh, but with God IMg 3:2.

ⓕ In Col 2:23 (s. 1aβ) λόγον μὲν ἔχοντα σοφίας may= make a case for wisdom (cp. λόγος ἡμῖν οὐδείς Plut., Mor. 870b).

③ the independent personified expression of God, the Logos. Our lit. shows traces of a way of thinking that was widespread in contemporary syncretism, as well as in Jewish wisdom lit. and Philo, the most prominent feature of which is the concept of the Logos, the independent, personified ‘Word’ (of God): GJs 11:2 (word of the angel to Mary) συνλήμψῃ ἐκ Λόγου αὐτοῦ (sc. τοῦ πάντων Δεσπότου). J 1:1abc, 14 (cp. Just., A I, 23, 2; Mel., P. 9, 61 and oft. by all apolog., exc.. Ar.). It is the distinctive teaching of the Fourth Gospel that this divine ‘Word’ took on human form in a historical person, that is, in Jesus (s. RSeeberg, Festgabe für AvHarnack ’21, 263–81.—Λόγος w. ζωή in gnostic speculation: Iren.1, 1, 1 [Harv. 1, 10, 4]; Aelian, VH 4, 20 ἐκάλουν τὸν Πρωταγόραν Λόγον. Similarly Favorinus [II A.D.]: Vorsokr. 80 A 1 ln. 22 [in Diog. L. 9, 50] of Democritus: ἐκαλεῖτο Σοφία. Equating a divinity with an abstraction that she personifies: Artem. 5, 18 φρόνησις εἶναι νομίζεται ἡ θεός [Athena]). Cp. 1J 1:1; Rv 19:13. εἷς θεός ἐστιν, ὁ φανερώσας ἑαυτὸν διὰ Ἰ. Χριστοῦ τοῦ υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ, ὅς ἐστιν αὐτοῦ λόγος, ἀπὸ σιγῆς προελθών there is one God, who has revealed himself through Jesus Christ his Son, who is his ‘Word’ proceeding from silence (i.e., without an oral pronouncement: in a transcendent manner) IMg 8:2 (s. σιγή). The Lord as νόμος κ. λόγος PtK 1. Cp. Dg 11:2, 3, 7, 8; 12:9.—HClavier, TManson memorial vol., ’59, 81–93: the Alexandrian eternal λόγος is also implied in Hb 4:12; 13:7.—S. also the ‘Comma Johanneum’ (to the bibliography in RGG³ I, ’54 [HGreeven] add AJülicher, GGA 1905, 930–35; AvHarnack, SBBerlAk 1915, 572f [=Studien I ’31, 151f]; MMeinertz, Einl. in d. NT⁴ ’33, 309–11; AGreiff, TQ 114, ’33, 465–80; CDodd, The Joh. Epistles ’46; WThiele, ZNW 50, ’59, 61–73) ὁ πατήρ, ὁ λόγος καὶ τὸ ἅγιον πνεῦμα 1J 5:7 v.l. (s. N. app.; Borger, TRu 52, ’87, 57f). (Such interpolations were not unheard of. According to Diog. L. 1, 48 some people maintain that Solon inserted the verse mentioning the Athenians after Il. 2, 557.—τῆς τριάδος, τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ τοῦ λόγου αὐτοῦ καὶ τῆς σοφίας αὐτοῦ Theoph. Ant. 2, 15 [p. 138, 19].)—On the Logos: EZeller, D. Philosophie der Griechen III 2⁴ 1903, 417–34; MHeinze, D. Lehre v. Logos in d. griech. Philosophie 1872; PWendland, Philo u. d. kynisch-stoische Diatribe (Beiträge z. Gesch. der griech. Philosophie u. Religion by Wendl. and OKern 1895, 1–75); AAall, Gesch. d. Logosidee 1896, 1899; MPohlenz, D. Stoa ’48f, I 482; 490 (index); LDürr, D. Wertung des göttl. Wortes im AT u. im ant. Orient ’38 (§9 of the Joh. Logos); EBréhier, Les idées philosophiques et religieuses de Philon d’Alexandrie 1907, 83–111; (² ’25); JLebreton, Les théories du Logos au début de l’ère chrétienne 1907; ESchwartz, NGG 1908, 537–56; GVos, The Range of the Logos-Title in the Prologue of the Fourth Gospel: PTR 11, 1913, 365–419; 557–602; RHarris, The Origin of the Prologue to St. John’s Gospel 1917, Athena, Sophia and the Logos: BJRL 7, 1, 1922 p. 56–72; M-JLagrange, Vers le Logos de S. Jean: RB 32, 1923, 161–84, Le Logos de Philon: ibid. 321–71; HLeisegang, Logos: Pauly-W. XIII 1926, 1035–81; TGlasson, Heraclitus’ Alleged Logos Doctr., JTS 3, ’52, 231–38.—NWeinstein, Z. Genesis d. Agada 1901, 29–90; Billerb. II 302–33.—Rtzst., Zwei religionsgeschichtl. Fragen 1901, 47–132, Mysterienrel.³ 1927, 428 index; WBousset, Kyrios Christos² 1921, 304ff; 316f; JKroll, D. Lehren d. Hermes Trismegistos1914, 418 index.—RBultmann, D. religionsgesch. Hintergrund des Prol. z. Joh.: HGunkel Festschr., 1923, II 1–26, Comm. ’41, 5ff; AAlexander, The Johannine Doctrine of the Logos: ET 36, 1925, 394–99; 467–72; (Rtzst. and) HSchaeder, Studien z. antiken Synkretismus 1926, 306–37; 350; GAvdBerghvanEysinga, In den beginne was de Logos: NThT 23, ’34, 105–23; JDillersberger, Das Wort von Logos ’35; RBury, The 4th Gosp. and the Logos-Doctrine ’40; EMay, CBQ 8, ’46, 438–47; GKnight, From Moses to Paul ’49, 120–29. TW IV 76–89; 126–40 (on this s. SLyonnet, Biblica 26, ’45, 126–31); CStange, ZST 21, ’50, 120–41; MBoismard, Le Prologue de St. Jean ’53; HLangkammer, BZ 9, ’65, 91–94; HRinggren, Word and Wisdom [hypostatization in Near East] ’47; WEltester, Haenchen Festschr., ’64, 109–34; HWeiss, Untersuchungen zur Kosmologie etc., TU 97, ’66, 216–82; MRissi, Die Logoslieder im Prolog des vierten Evangeliums, TZ 31, ’75, 321–36; HLausberg, NAWG, Ph. ’87, 1 pp. 1–7.—B. 1262. DELG s.v. λέγω B 1. M-M. EDNT. TW.

Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > λόγος
15 ὄνομα

ὄνομα, ατος, τό (Hom.+).

① proper name of an entity, name

ⓐ gener. τῶν ἀποστόλων τὰ ὀνόματα ἐστιν ταῦτα Mt 10:2; cp. Rv 21:14. τῶν παρθένων τὰ ὀν. Hs 9, 15, 1. τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ πατρός Lk 1:59. ὄν. μοι, sc. ἐστίν, my name is (Od. 9, 366) Mk 5:9b. τί ὄν. σοι; what is your name? vs. 9a; w. copula Lk 8:30.—The expressions ᾧ (ᾗ) ὄν., οὗ τὸ ὄν., καὶ τὸ ὄν. αὐτοῦ (αὐτῆς), ὄν. αὐτῷ (parenthetic) are almost always without the copula (B-D-F §128, 3; Rob. 395): ᾧ (ᾗ) ὄν. (Sb 7573, 13 [116 A.D.]; Demetr.: 722 Fgm. 1, 5 Jac.; Just., A I, 53, 8 ᾧ ὄν. Λώτ) Lk 1:26, 27a; 2:25; 8:41; 24:13, 18 v.l.; Ac 13:6.—οὗ τὸ ὄν. (without a verb as BGU 344, 1) Mk 14:32. Cp. ὧν τὰ ὀνόματα ἐν βίβλῳ ζωῆς Phil 4:3 (ὧν τὰ ὀν. is a formula [Dssm., LO 95=LAE 121]. S. esp. BGU 432 II, 3 ὧν τὰ ὀν. τῷ βιβλιδίῳ δεδήλωται).—καὶ τὸ ὄν. αὐτῆς Lk 1:5b. καὶ τὸ ὄν. τῆς παρθένου Μαριάμ vs. 27b.—ὄν. αὐτῷ (Demosth. 32, 11 Ἀριστοφῶν ὄνομʼ αὐτῷ; Dionys. Hal. 8, 89, 4; Aelian, NA 8, 2 γυνὴ … Ἡρακληὶς ὄν. αὐτῇ; LXX) J 1:6; 3:1. ὁ καθήμενος ἐπάνω αὐτοῦ (i.e. τοῦ ἵππου), ὄν. αὐτῷ (ὁ) θάνατος Rv 6:8; cp. 9:11a.—W. the copula ἦν δὲ ὄν. τῷ δούλῳ Μάλχος J 18:10 (POxy 465, 12 ὁ δὲ κραταιὸς αὐτοῦ, ὄν. αὐτῷ ἐστιν Νεβύ, μηνύει; Jos., Ant. 19, 332). ἄγγελος …, οὗ τὸ ὄν. ἐστιν Θεγρί Hv 4, 2, 4.—The dat. is quite freq. ὀνόματι named, by name (X., Hell. 1, 6, 29 Σάμιος ὀνόματι Ἱππεύς; Tob 6:11 BA; 4 Macc 5:4; Just., D. 85, 6; 115, 3; B-D-F §160; 197; Rob. 487) ἄνθρωπον ὀν. Σίμωνα Mt 27:32; cp. Mk 5:22; Lk 1:5a; 5:27; 10:38; 16:20; 23:50; 24:18; Ac 5:1, 34; 8:9; 9:10–12, 33, 36; 10:1; 11:28; 12:13; 16:1, 14; 17:34; 18:2, 7, 24; 19:24; 20:9; 21:10; 27:1; 28:7; MPol 4. Also the acc. τοὔνομα (on the crasis s. B-D-F §18; Mlt-H. 63; FPreisigke, Griech. Urkunden des ägypt. Mus. zu Kairo [1911] 2, 6 γυνὴ Ταμοῦνις τοὔνομα; Diod S 2, 45, 4 πόλιν τοὔνομα Θ.; Lucian, Dial. Deor. 3; Philo, Leg. All. 1, 68; Jos., Ant. 7, 344, Vi. 382) named, by name (the acc. as X. et al., also 2 Macc 12:13; Demetr.: 722 Fgm. 1, 5 Jac. υἱὸν ὄ. Δάν.—B-D-F §160; Rob. 487) Mt 27:57. (Cp. ὄν. gener. as ‘mode of expression’ εἰ καὶ διάφορα ὀνόματα ἐστιν, ἀλλʼ … οἰκείαν … δέχεται τὴν νόησιν although there are various ways of expressing it, it nevertheless has a definite sense Did., Gen. 86, 22 [of various metaphors and images for the soul].)

ⓑ used w. verbs

α. as their obj.: ὄν. ἔχειν Did., Gen. 29, 6 bear the name or as name, be named ὄν. ἔχει Ἀπολλύων Rv 9:11b (in this case the name Ἀ. stands independently in the nom.; B-D-F §143; Rob. 458). καλεῖν τὸ ὄν. τινος w. the name foll. in the acc. (after the Hb.; B-D-F §157, 2; Rob. 459) καλέσεις τὸ ὄν. αὐτοῦ Ἰησοῦν you are to name him Jesus Mt 1:21; Lk 1:31.—Mt 1:25. καλέσεις τὸ ὄν. αὐτοῦ Ἰωάννην Lk 1:13. καλέσουσιν τὸ ὄν. αὐτοῦ Ἐμμανουήλ Mt 1:23 (Is 7:14). διδόναι GJs 6:2. Pass. w. the name in the nom. (cp. GrBar 6:10 Φοῖνιξ καλεῖται τὸ ὄν. μου) ἐκλήθη τὸ ὄν. αὐτοῦ Ἰησοῦς Lk 2:21; cp. Rv 19:13. Also τὸ ὄν. τοῦ ἀστέρος λέγεται ὁ ῎ Αψινθος Rv 8:11.—ἐπιθεῖναι ὄν. τινι w. acc. of the name Mk 3:16f; cp. 12:8f; κληρονομεῖν ὄν. receive a name Hb 1:4=1 Cl 36:2. κληροῦσθαι τὸ αὐτὸ ὄν. obtain the same name (s. κληρόω 2) MPol 6:2.—τὰ ὀν. ὑμῶν ἐγγέγραπται ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς Lk 10:20.—Rv 13:8; 17:8. ἐξαλείψω τὸ ὄν. αὐτῶν 1 Cl 53:3 (Dt 9:14); Rv 3:5a (perh. to be placed in 4 below); s. ἐξαλείφω.

β. in another way (εἰ δέ τις ὀνόματι καλέσει but if anyone is so named Hippol., Ref. 6, 20, 2): ὸ̔ς καλεῖται τῷ ὀνόματι τούτῳ who is so named Lk 1:61. ἀνὴρ ὀνόματι καλούμενος Ζακχαῖος a man whose name was Zacchaeus 19:2. καλεῖν τι (i.e. παιδίον) ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί τινος name someone after someone 1:59. Cp. IMg 10:1. This leads to

ⓒ used w. prepositions: ἐξ ὀνόματος (Ctesias, Ind. p. 105 M.: Diod S 13, 15, 1; 37, 15, 2; Appian, Mithrid. 59, §243, Bell. Civ. 3, 21 §77; 4, 73 §310; PGM 4, 2973; Jos., Ant. 2, 275) by name, individually, one by one (so that no one is lost in the crowd) ἐξ ὀν. πάντας ζήτει IPol 4:2. ἀσπάζομαι πάντας ἐξ ὀνόματος 8:2. πάντες ἐξ ὀν. συνέρχεσθε (parallel to κατʼ ἄνδρα) IEph 20:2.—κατʼ ὄν. by name, individually (Diod S 16, 44, 2; Gen 25:13; EpArist 247; Jos., Bell. 7, 14) J 10:3 (New Docs 3, 77f; animals called individually by name: Ps.-Aristot., Mirabil. 118.—HAlmqvist, Plut. u. das NT ’46, 74). Esp. in greetings (BGU 27, 18 [II A.D.] ἀσπάζομαι πάντας τοὺς φιλοῦντάς σε κατʼ ὄν.; POxy 1070, 46; pap in Dssm., LO 160/1, ln. 14f [LAE 193, ln. 15, note 21]; New Docs 3, 77f) 3J 15; ISm 13:2b. ῥάβδους ἐπιγεγραμμένας ἑκάστης φυλῆς κατʼ ὄν. staffs, each one inscribed with the name of a tribe 1 Cl 43:2b.

ⓓ used in combination with God and Jesus. On the significance of the Divine Name in history of religions s. FGiesebrecht, Die atl. Schätzung des Gottesnamens 1901; Bousset, Rel.³ 309ff; ADieterich, Eine Mithrasliturgie 1903, 110ff; FConybeare, JQR 8, 1896; 9, 1897, esp. 9, 581ff; JBoehmer, Das bibl. ‘im Namen’ 1898, BFCT V 6, 1901, 49ff, Studierstube 2, 1904, 324ff; 388ff; 452ff; 516ff; 580ff; BJacob, Im Namen Gottes 1903;WHeitmüller, ‘Im Namen Jesu’ 1903; WBrandt, TT 25, 1891, 565ff; 26, 1892, 193ff; 38, 1904, 355ff; RHirzel, Der Name: ASG 36, 2, 1918; Schürer III⁴ 409–11; HObbink, De magische betekenis van den naam inzonderheid in het oude Egypte 1925; OGrether, Name u. Wort Gottes im AT ’34; HHuffman, Name: 1148–52.—The belief in the efficacy of the name is extremely old; its origin goes back to the most ancient times and the most primitive forms of intellectual and religious life. It has exhibited an extraordinary vitality. The period of our lit. also sees—within as well as without the new community of believers—in the name someth. real, a piece of the very nature of the personality whom it designates, expressing the person’s qualities and powers. Accordingly, names, esp. holy names, are revered and used in customary practices and ritual (σέβεσθαι θεῶν ὀνόματα Theoph. Ant., 1, 9 [p. 76, 7]), including magic. In Israelite tradition the greatest reverence was paid to the holy name of God and to its numerous paraphrases or substitutes; the names of angels and patriarchs occupied a secondary place. The syncretistic practices of the period revered the names of gods, daemons, and heroes, or even magic words that made no sense at all, but had a mysterious sound. The Judeo-Christians revere and use the name of God and, of course, the name of Jesus. On magic in Jewish circles, s. Schürer III 342–79; for the NT period in general s. MSmith, Clement of Alexandria and a Secret Gospel of Mark ’73, 195–230.—The names of God and Jesus

α. in combination w. attributes: διαφορώτερον ὄν. a more excellent name Hb 1:4=1 Cl 36:2 (διάφορος 2). ἅγιον τὸ ὄν. αὐτοῦ Lk 1:49 (cp. Ps 110:9; Lev 18:21; 22:2; PGM 3, 570; 627; 4, 1005; 3071; 5, 77; 13, 561 μέγα κ. ἅγιον). τὸ μεγαλοπρεπὲς καὶ ἅγιον ὄν. αὐτοῦ 1 Cl 64; τὸ μέγα καὶ ἔνδοξον ὄν. Hv 4, 1, 3; 4, 2, 4 (on ἔνδοξον ὄν., cp. EPeterson, Εἷ θεός 1926, 282.—ὄν. μέγα κ. ἅγ. κ. ἔνδ.: PGM 13, 183f; 504f). τὸ μέγα καὶ θαυμαστὸν καὶ ἔνδοξον ὄν. Hs 9, 18, 5; τὸ πανάγιον καὶ ἔνδοξον ὄν. 1 Cl 58:1a; τοῦ παντοκράτορος καὶ ἐνδόξου ὄν. Hv 3, 3, 5; τὸ πανάρετον ὄν. 1 Cl 45:7; τῷ παντοκράτορι καὶ ἐνδόξῳ ὀνόματι 60:4; τὸ ὁσιώτατον τῆς μεγαλωσύνης αὐτοῦ ὄν. 58:1b. τὸ ὄν. μου θαυμαστὸν ἐν τοῖς ἔθνεσι D 14:3 (cp. Mal 1:14). The words ὄν. θεοπρεπέστατον IMg 1:2 are difficult to interpret (s. Hdb. ad loc.; θεοπρεπής b).

β. in combination w. verbs: ἁγιάζειν τὸ ὄν. Mt 6:9 (AFridrichsen, Helligt vorde dit naun: DTT 8, 1917, 1–16). Lk 11:2; D 8:2 (ἁγιάζω 3). βλασφημεῖν (q.v. bγ) τὸ ὄν. Rv 13:6; 16:9; pass. βλασφημεῖται τὸ ὄν. (Is 52:5) Ro 2:24; 2 Cl 13:1f, 4; ITr 8:2. βλασφημίας ἐπιφέρεσθαι τῷ ὀν. κυρίου bring blasphemy upon the name of the Lord 1 Cl 47:7. πφοσέθηκαν κατὰ ὄν. τοῦ κυρίου βλασφημίαν Hs 6, 2, 3; βεβηλοῦν τὸ ὄν. 8, 6, 2 (s. βεβηλόω). ἀπαγγελῶ τὸ ὄν. τ. ἀδελφοῖς μου Hb 2:12 (cp. Ps 21:23). ὅπως διαγγελῇ τὸ ὄν. μου ἐν πάσῃ τῇ γῇ Ro 9:17 (Ex 9:16). δοξάζειν τὸ ὄν. (σου, τοῦ κυρίου, τοῦ θεοῦ etc.) Rv 15:4; 1 Cl 43:6; IPhld 10:1; Hv 2, 1, 2; 3, 4, 3; 4, 1, 3; Hs 9, 18, 5 (s. δοξάζω 1; cp. GJs 7:2; 12:1[w. ref. to name of Mary]). ὅπως ἐνδοξασθῇ τὸ ὄν. τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ 2 Th 1:12. ἐλπίζειν τῷ ὀν. Mt 12:21 (vv.ll. ἐν or ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν.; the pass. on which it is based, Is 42:4, has ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν.). ἐπικαλεῖσθαι τὸ ὄν. κυρίου (as PsSol 6:1) or αὐτοῦ, σου etc. (w. ref. to God or Christ) call on the name of the Lord Ac 2:21 (Jo 3:5); 9:14, 21; 22:16; Ro 10:13 (Jo 3:5); 1 Cor 1:2. ψυχὴ ἐπικεκλημένη τὸ μεγαλοπρεπὲς καὶ ἅγιον ὄν. αὐτοῦ a person who calls upon his exalted and holy name 1 Cl 64.—Pass. πάντα τὰ ἔθνη ἐφʼ οὓς ἐπικέκληται τὸ ὄν. μου ἐπʼ αὐτούς Ac 15:17 (Am 9:12). τὸ καλὸν ὄν. τὸ ἐπικληθὲν ἐφʼ ὑμᾶς Js 2:7 (on καλὸν ὄν. cp. Sb 343, 9 and the Pompeian graffito in Dssm., LO 237 [LAE 276]). πάντες οἱ ἐπικαλούμενοι τῷ ὀν. αὐτοῦ all those who are called by (the Lord’s) name Hs 9, 14, 3; cp. οἱ κεκλημένοι τῷ ὀν. κυρίου those who are called by the name of the Lord 8, 1, 1. ἐπαισχύνεσθαι τὸ ὄν. κυρίου τὸ ἐπικληθὲν ἐπʼ αὐτούς be ashamed of the name that is named over them 8, 6, 4. ὁμολογεῖν τῷ ὀν. αὐτοῦ praise his name Hb 13:15 (cp. PsSol 15:2 ἐξομολογήσασθαι τῷ ὀνόματι σου). ὀνομάζειν τὸ ὄν. κυρίου 2 Ti 2:19 (Is 26:13). ψάλλειν τῷ ὀν. σου Ro 15:9 (Ps 17:50). οὐ μὴ λάβῃς ἐπὶ ματαίῳ τὸ ὄν. κυρίου 19:5 (Ex 20:7; Dt 5:11).—Although in the preceding examples the name is oft. practically inseparable fr. the being that bears it, this is perh. even more true of the foll. cases, in which the name appears almost as the representation of the Godhead, as a tangible manifestation of the divine nature (Quint. Smyrn. 9, 465 Polidarius, when healing, calls on οὔνομα πατρὸς ἑοῖο ‘the name of his father’ [Asclepius]; τοσοῦτον … δύναται τὸ ὄ. τοῦ Ἰησοῦ κατὰ τῶν δαιμόνων Orig., C. Cels. 1, 56, 11; Dt 18:7; 3 Km 8:16; Ps 68:37; Zech 13:2 ἐξολεθρεύσω τὰ ὀν. τῶν εἰδώλων; Zeph 1:4; PsSol 7:6; Just., D. 121, 3 ὑποτάσσεσθαι αὐτοῦ ὀν.): the ‘name’ of God is ἀρχέγονον πάσης κτίσεως 1 Cl 59:3. Sim. τὸ ὄν. τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ μέγα ἐστὶ καὶ τὸν κόσμον ὅλον βαστάζει Hs 9, 14, 5. λατρεύειν τῷ παναρέτῳ ὀν. αὐτοῦ worship the most excellent name (of the Most High) 1 Cl 45:7. ὑπακούειν τῷ παναγίῳ καὶ ἐνδόξῳ ὀν. αὐτοῦ be obedient to his most holy and glorious name 58:1a. ὑπήκοον γενέσθαι τῷ παντοκρατορικῷ καὶ παναρέτῳ ὀν. 60:4. κηρύσσειν τὸ ὄν. τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ Hs 9, 16, 5. ἐπιγινώσκειν τὸ ὄν. τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ 9, 16, 7. φοβεῖσθαι τὸ ὄν. σου Rv 11:18. φανεροῦν τινι τὸ ὄν. σου J 17:6. γνωρίζειν τινὶ τὸ ὄν. σου vs. 26. πιστεύειν τῷ ὀν. τοῦ υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ believe in the name of (God’s) son 1J 3:23. Also πιστεύειν εἰς τὸ ὄν. (s. γב below and s. πιστεύω 2aβ).—Of the name borne by followers of Jesus Christ (cp. Theoph. Ant. 1, 1 [p. 58, 13]): κρατεῖς τὸ ὄν. μου you cling to my name Rv 2:13. The same mng. also holds for the expressions: λαμβάνειν τὸ ὄν. τοῦ υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ Hs 9, 12, 4; 8; 9, 13, 2a; 7. τοῦ βαστάσαι τὸ ὄν. μου ἐνώπιον ἐθνῶν to bear my name before (the) Gentiles Ac 9:15. τὸ ὄν. ἡδέως βαστάζειν bear the name gladly Hs 8, 10, 3; cp. 9, 28, 5b. τὸ ὄν. τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ φορεῖν 9, 13, 3; 9, 14, 5f; 9, 15, 2; cp. 9, 13, 2b. Christians receive this name at their baptism: πρὶν φορέσαι τὸν ἄνθρωπον τὸ ὄν. τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ νεκρός ἐστιν before a person bears the name of God’s Son (which is given the candidate at baptism), he is dead 9, 16, 3. Of dissemblers and false teachers ὄν. μὲν ἔχουσιν, ἀπὸ δὲ τῆς πίστεως κενοί εἰσιν they have the (Christian) name, but are devoid of faith 9, 19, 2. Of Christians in appearance only ἐν ὑποκρίσει φέροντες τὸ ὄν. τοῦ κυρίου who bear the Lord’s name in pretense Pol 6:3. δόλῳ πονηρῷ τὸ ὄν. περιφέρειν carry the name about in wicked deceit (evidently of wandering preachers) IEph 7:1. τὸ ὄν. ἐπαισχύνονται τοῦ κυρίου αὐτῶν they are ashamed of their Lord’s name Hs 9, 21, 3. More fully: ἐπαισχύνονται τὸ ὄν. αὐτοῦ φορεῖν 9, 14, 6.

γ. used w. prepositions

א. w. διά and the gen. διὰ τοῦ ὀνόματός μου πιστεύειν PtK 3 p. 15 ln. 12; σωθῆναι διὰ τοῦ μεγάλου καὶ ἐνδόξου ὀν. be saved through the great and glorious name Hv 4, 2, 4. εἰς τὴν βασιλείαν τοῦ θεοῦ εἰσελθεῖν διὰ τοῦ ὀν. τοῦ υἱοῦ (τοῦ θεοῦ) Hs 9, 12, 5. ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτιῶν λαβεῖν διὰ τοῦ ὀν. αὐτοῦ Ac 10:43 (cp. Just., D. 11, 4 al.). σημεῖα … γίνεσθαι διὰ τοῦ ὀν. … Ἰησοῦ by the power of the name 4:30. Differently παρακαλεῖν τινα διὰ τοῦ ὀν. τοῦ κυρίου appeal to someone by the name (= while calling on the name) of the Lord 1 Cor 1:10.—W. διά and the acc. μισούμενοι … διὰ τὸ ὄν. μου hated on account of my name (i.e., because you bear it) Mt 10:22; 24:9; Mk 13:13; Lk 21:17 (Just., A I, 4, 2 al.). ποιεῖν τι εἴς τινα διὰ τὸ ὄν. μου J 15:21. ἀφέωνται ὑμῖν αἱ ἁμαρτίαι διὰ τὸ ὄν. αὐτοῦ your sins are forgiven on account of (Jesus’) name 1J 2:12. βαστάζειν διὰ τὸ ὄν. μου bear (hardship) for my name’s sake Rv 2:3 (s. βαστάζω 2bβ). πάσχειν διὰ τὸ ὄν. (also w. a gen. like αὐτοῦ) Pol 8:2; Hv 3, 2, 1b; Hs 9, 28, 3.

ב. w. εἰς: somet. evidently as rendering of rabb. לְשֵׁם with regard to, in thinking of δέχεσθαί τινα εἰς ὄν. Ἰ. Χρ. receive someone in deference to Jesus Christ IRo 9:3. δύο ἢ τρεῖς συνηγμένοι εἰς τὸ ἐμὸν ὄν. two or three gathered and thinking of me, i.e., so that I am the reason for their assembling Mt 18:20; but here the other mng. (s. ג below) has had some influence: ‘while naming’ or ‘calling on my name’. τῆς ἀγάπης ἧς ἐνεδείξασθε εἰς τὸ ὄν. αὐτοῦ (i.e. θεοῦ) Hb 6:10 is either the love that you have shown with regard to him, i.e. for his sake, or we have here the frequently attested formula of Hellenistic legal and commercial language (s. Mayser II/2 p. 415; Dssm. B 143ff, NB 25, LO 97f [BS 146f; 197; LAE 121]; Heitmüller, op. cit. 100ff; FPreisigke, Girowesen im griech. Ägypt. 1910, 149ff. On the LXX s. Heitmüller 110f; JPsichari, Essai sur le Grec de la Septante 1908, 202f): εἰς (τὸ) ὄν. τινος to the name=to the account (over which the name stands). Then the deeds of love, although shown to humans, are dedicated to God.—The concept of dedication is also highly significant, in all probability, for the understanding of the expr. βαπτίζειν εἰς (τὸ) ὄν. τινος. Through baptism εἰς (τὸ) ὄν. τ. those who are baptized become the possession of and come under the dedicated protection of the one whose name they bear. An additional factor, to a degree, may be the sense of εἰς τὸ ὄν.=‘with mention of the name’ (cp. Herodian 2, 2, 10; 2, 13, 2 ὀμνύναι εἰς τὸ ὄν. τινος; Cyranides p. 57, 1 εἰς ὄν. τινος; 60, 18=εἰς τὸ ὄν. τ.; 62, 13. Another ex. in Heitmüller 107): Mt 28:19; Ac 8:16; 19:5; D 7:1, (3); 9:5; Hv 3, 7, 3; cp. 1 Cor 1:13, 15. S. βαπτίζω 2c and Silva New, Beginn. I/5, ’33, 121–40.—πιστεύειν εἰς τὸ ὄν. τινος believe in the name of someone i.e. have confidence that the person’s name (rather in the sense of a title, cp. Phil 2:9) is rightfully borne and encodes what the person really is J 1:12; 2:23; 3:18; 1J 5:13.

ג. with ἐν: ἐν ὀνόματι of God or Jesus means in the great majority of cases with mention of the name, while naming or calling on the name (PsSol 11:8; JosAs 9:1; Just., D. 35, 2 al.; no corresponding use has been found in gener. Gk. lit.; but cp. ἐν ὀν. τοῦ μεγάλου καὶ ὑψίστου θεοῦ Hippol., Ref. 9, 15, 6.—Heitmüller p. 13ff, esp. 44; 49). In many pass. it seems to be a formula. ἐν τῷ ὀν. Ἰησοῦ ἐκβάλλειν δαιμόνια Mk 9:38; 16:17; Lk 9:49. τὰ δαιμόνια ὑποτάσσεται ἡμῖν ἐν τῷ ὀν. σου the demons are subject to us at the mention of your name 10:17. ποιεῖν τι ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι Ac 4:7; cp. Col 3:17. Perh. J 10:25 (but s. below). ἐν τῷ ὀν. Ἰησοῦ … οὗτος παρέστηκεν ὑγιής Ac 4:10. ὄν. … ἐν ᾧ δεῖ σωθῆναι ἡμᾶς vs. 12. παραγγέλλω σοι ἐν ὀν. Ἰ. Χρ. 16:18; cp. 2 Th 3:6; IPol 5:1. σοὶ λέγω ἐν τῷ ὀν. τοῦ κυρίου Ac 14:10 D. Peter, in performing a healing, says ἐν τῷ ὀν. Ἰησοῦ Χρ. περιπάτει 3:6 (s. Heitmüller 60). The elders are to anoint the sick w. oil ἐν τῷ ὀν. τοῦ κυρίου while calling on the name of the Lord Js 5:14.—Of prophets λαλεῖν ἐν τῷ ὀν. κυρίου 5:10. παρρησιάζεσθαι ἐν τῷ ὀν. Ἰησοῦ speak out boldly in proclaiming the name of Jesus Ac 9:27f. βαπτίζεσθαι ἐν τῷ ὀν. Ἰ. Χ. be baptized or have oneself baptized while naming the name of Jesus Christ Ac 2:38 v.l.; 10:48. At a baptism ἐν ὀν. χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ AcPl Ha 3, 32. αἰτεῖν τὸν πατέρα ἐν τῷ ὀν. μου (=Ἰησοῦ) ask the Father, using my name J 15:16; cp. 14:13, 14; 16:24, 26. W. the latter pass. belongs vs. 23 (ὁ πατὴρ) δώσει ὑμῖν ἐν τῷ ὀν. μου (the Father) will give you, when you mention my name. τὸ πνεῦμα ὸ̔ πέμψει ὁ πατὴρ ἐν τῷ ὀν. μου the Spirit, whom the Father will send when my name is used 14:26. To thank God ἐν ὀν. Ἰησοῦ Χρ. while naming the name of Jesus Christ Eph 5:20. ἵνα ἐν τῷ ὀν. Ἰησοῦ πᾶν γόνυ κάμψῃ that when the name of Jesus is mentioned every knee should bow Phil 2:10. χαίρετε, υἱοί, ἐν ὀν. κυρίου greetings, my sons, as we call on the Lord’s name 1:1. ὁ ἐρχόμενος ἐν ὀν. κυρίου whoever comes, naming the Lord’s name (in order thereby to give evidence of being a Christian) D 12:1. ἀσπάζεσθαι ἐν ὀν. Ἰ. Χρ. greet, while naming the name of J. Chr. w. acc. of pers. or thing greeted IRo ins; ISm 12:2. Receive a congregation ἐν ὀν. θεοῦ IEph 1:3. συναχθῆναι ἐν τῷ ὀν. τοῦ κυρίου Ἰ. meet and call on the name of the Lord Jesus=as a Christian congregation 1 Cor 5:4. μόνον ἐν τῷ ὀν. Ἰ. Χρ. only (it is to be) while calling on the name of J. Chr. ISm 4:2.—Not far removed fr. these are the places where we render ἐν τῷ ὀν. with through or by the name (s. ἐν 4c); the effect brought about by the name is caused by its utterance ἀπελούσασθε, ἡγιάσθητε, ἐδικαιώθητε ἐν τῷ ὀν. τοῦ κυρίου Ἰ. Χρ. 1 Cor 6:11. ζωὴν ἔχειν ἐν τῷ ὀν. αὐτοῦ (=Ἰησοῦ) J 20:31. τηρεῖν τινα ἐν τῷ ὀν. (θεοῦ) 17:11f.—ἐν τῷ ὀν. at the command (of), commissioned by ἔργα ποιεῖν ἐν τῷ ὀν. τοῦ πατρός J 10:25 (but s. above). ἔρχεσθαι ἐν τῷ ὀν. τοῦ πατρός 5:43a; in contrast ἔρχ. ἐν τῷ ὀν. τῷ ἰδίῳ vs. 43b. εὐλογημένος ὁ ἐρχόμενος ἐν ὀν. κυρίου 12:13 (Ps 117:26). The Ps-passage prob. has the same sense (despite Heitmüller 53f) in Mt 21:9; 23:39; Mk 11:9; Lk 13:35; 19:38.—OMerlier, Ὄνομα et ἐν ὀνόματι dans le quatr. Év.: RevÉtGr 47, ’34, 180–204; RBratcher, BT 14, ’63, 72–80.

ד. w. ἕνεκα (and the other forms of this word; s. ἕνεκα 1): of persecutions for one’s Christian faith ἀπάγεσθαι ἐπὶ βασιλεῖς ἕνεκεν τοῦ ὀν. μου Lk 21:12. πάσχειν or ὑποφέρειν εἵνεκα τοῦ ὀνόματος Hv 3, 1, 9; 3, 2, 1; Hs 9, 28, 5. ἕνεκεν τοῦ ὀν. (τοῦ) κυρίου v 3, 5, 2; Hs 9, 28, 6. ἀφιέναι οἰκίας … ἕνεκεν τοῦ ἐμοῦ ὀν. for my name’s sake Mt 19:29. ἔκτισας τὰ πάντα ἕνεκεν τοῦ ὀν. σου you created all things for your name’s sake, i.e. that God’s name might be praised for the benefits which the works of creation bring to humankind D 10:3.

ה. w. ἐπί and the dat.: ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν. τινος when someone’s name is mentioned or called upon, or mentioning someone’s name (LXX; En 10:2; Just., D. 39, 6; Ath. 23, 1; s. Heitmüller 19ff; 43ff; s. also 47ff; 52ff; 87ff) in the NT only of the name of Jesus, and only in the synoptics and Ac. ἐλεύσονται ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν. μου they will come using my name Mt 24:5; Mk 13:6; Lk 21:8. κηρύσσειν ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν. αὐτοῦ μετάνοιαν 24:47. λαλεῖν ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν. τούτῳ to speak using this name Ac 4:17; 5:40. διδάσκειν 4:18; 5:28. ποιεῖν δύναμιν ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν. μου Mk 9:39. ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν. σου ἐκβάλλειν δαιμόνια Lk 9:49 v.l. ἐπὶ τῷ σῷ ὀν. τὰς θεραπείας ἐπετέλουν GJs 20:2 (codd.). Of the (spiritual) temple of God: οἰκοδομηθήσεται ναὸς θεοῦ ἐνδόξως ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν. κυρίου the temple of God will be gloriously built with the use of the Lord’s name 16:6f, 8 (quot. of uncertain orig.). βαπτίζεσθαι ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν. Ἰ. Χρ. Ac 2:38. Baptism is also referred to in καλεῖσθαι ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν. τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ receive a name when the name of God’s son is named Hs 9, 17, 4. The words δέχεσθαι (παιδίον) ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν. μου can also be classed here receive (a child) when my name is confessed, when I am called upon Mt 18:5; Mk 9:37; Lk 9:48 (s. Heitmüller 64); but s. also 3 below.—ἐπί w. acc.: πεποιθέναι ἐπὶ τὸ ὁσιώτατον τῆς μεγαλωσύνης αὐτοῦ ὄν. have confidence in (the Lord’s) most sacred and majestic name 1 Cl 58:1b; ἐλπίζειν ἐπὶ τὸ ὄν. hope in the name (of the Lord) 16:8b.

ו. w. περί and the gen.: εὐαγγελίζεσθαι περὶ τοῦ ὀν. Ἰ. Χ. bring the good news about the name of J. Chr. Ac 8:12.—(W. acc.: ἔχομεν δέος τὸ ὄ. τοῦ θεοῦ Orig., C. Cels. 4, 48, 34).

ז. w. πρός and acc.: πρὸς τὸ ὄν. Ἰησοῦ … πολλὰ ἐναντία πρᾶξαι do many things in opposing the name of Jesus Ac 26:9.

ח. w. ὑπέρ and gen.: ὑπὲρ τοῦ ὀν. (Ἰησοῦ) ἀτιμασθῆναι Ac 5:41. πάσχειν 9:16; Hs 9, 28, 2. Cp. Ac 15:26; 21:13. The activity of the apostles takes place ὑπὲρ τοῦ ὀν. αὐτοῦ to the honor of (Jesus’) name Ro 1:5. Cp. 3J 7. Of thankful praying at the Lord’s Supper εὐχαριστοῦμεν σοι … ὑπὲρ τοῦ ἁγίου ὀν. σου, οὗ κατεσκήνωσας ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ἡμῶν we thank you … for your holy name, which you caused to dwell in our hearts D 10:2.

δ. ὄν. w. ref. to God or Christ not infreq. stands quite alone, simply the Name: Ac 5:41; Phil 2:9 (cp. Diod S 3, 61, 6); 3J 7; 2 Cl 13:1, 4; IEph 3:1; 7:1; IPhld 10:1; Hv 3, 2, 1; Hs 8, 10, 3; 9, 13, 2; 9, 28, 3; 5.

② a person (Phalaris, Ep. 128; POxy 1188, 8 [13 A.D.]; BGU 113, 11; Jos., Ant. 14, 22; other exx. in Dssm., NB 24f [BS 196f]; LXX) τὸ ποθητόν μοι ὄν. my dear friend: Alce ISm 13:2; IPol 8:3; Crocus IRo 10:1. Pl. (PThéad 41, 10; PSI 27, 22; Num 1:18 al.) people Ac 1:15; Rv 3:4. ὀνόματα ἀνθρώπων 11:13 (cp. Ael. Aristid. 50, 72 K.=26 p. 523 D.: ὀνόματα δέκα ἀνδρῶν). This is prob. the place for περὶ λόγου καὶ ὀνομάτων καὶ νόμου about teaching and persons and (the) law Ac 18:15.

③ the classification under which one belongs, noted by a name or category, title, category (cp. Cass. Dio 38, 44; 42, 24 καὶ ὅτι πολλῷ πλείω ἔν τε τῷ σχήματι καὶ ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τῷ τῆς στρατηγίας ὢν καταπράξειν ἤλπιζε=he hoped to effect much more by taking advantage of his praetorial apparel and title; ins: Sb 7541, 5 [II A.D.] Νύμφη ὄνομʼ ἐστί σοι; POxy 37 I, 17 [49 A.D.] βούλεται ὀνόματι ἐλευθέρου τὸ σωμάτιον ἀπενέγκασθαι=she claims to have carried off the infant on the basis of its being free-born; Jos., Ant. 12, 154 φερνῆς ὀνόματι; 11, 40; Just., A II, 6, 4 καὶ ἀνθρώπου καὶ σωτῆρος ὄνομα. Other exx. in Heitmüller 50); the possibility of understanding ὄν. as category made it easier for Greeks to take over rabb. לְשֵׁם (s. 1dγב above) in the sense with regard to a particular characteristic, then simply with regard to, for the sake of ὁ δεχόμενος προφήτην εἰς ὄν. προφήτου whoever receives a prophet within the category ‘prophet’, i.e. because he is a prophet, as a prophet Mt 10:41a; cp. vss. 41b, 42.—ὸ̔ς ἂν ποτίσῃ ὑμᾶς ἐν ὀνόματι, ὄτι Χριστοῦ ἐστε whoever gives you a drink under the category that you belong to Christ, i.e. in your capacity as a follower of Christ Mk 9:41. εἰ ὀνειδίζεσθε ἐν ὀν. Χριστοῦ if you are reviled for the sake of Christ 1 Pt 4:14. δοξαζέτω τὸν θεὸν ἐν τῷ ὀν. τούτῳ let the person praise God in this capacity (=ὡς Χριστιανός) vs. 16. δέδεμαι ἐν τῷ ὀν. I am imprisoned for the sake of the Name IEph 3:1.—δέχεσθαι (παιδίον) ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν. μου for my (name’s) sake Mt 18:5; Mk 9:37; Lk 9:48 (cp. Heitmüller 113. But s. 1dγה above).

④ recognition accorded a person on the basis of performance, (well-known) name, reputation, fame (Hom. et al.; 1 Ch 14:17; 1 Macc 8:12) φανερὸν ἐγένετο τὸ ὄν. αὐτοῦ his fame was widespread Mk 6:14. ὄν. ἔχειν (Pla., Apol. 38c, Ep. 2, 312c) w. ὅτι foll. have the reputation of Rv 3:1 perh. also 3:5 (s. 1bα; JFuller, JETS 26, ’83, 297–306).

⑤ name in terms of office held, office (POxy 58, 6) στασιαζουσῶν τ. φυλῶν, ὁποία αὐτῶν εἴη τῷ ἐνδόξῳ ὀνόματι κεκοσμημένη when the tribes were quarreling as to which one of them was to be adorned with that glorious office 1 Cl 43:2. τὸ ὄν. τῆς ἐπισκοπῆς the office of supervision 44:1.—B. 1263f. OEANE IV 91–96 on Mesopotamian practices. Schmidt, Syn. I 113–24. DELG. M-M. EDNT. TW. Sv.

Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > ὄνομα
16 the

abandon the takeoff
прекращать взлет
abeam the left pilot position
на левом траверзе
abeam the right pilot position
на правом траверзе
abort the flight
прерывать полет
abort the takeoff
прерывать взлет
above the glide slope
выше глиссады
absorb the shock energy
поглощать энергию удара
accelerate the rotor
раскручивать ротор
accelerate to the speed
разгонять до скорости
adhere to the flight plan
придерживаться плана полета
adhere to the track
придерживаться заданного курса
adjust the cable
регулировать трос
adjust the compass
устранять девиацию компаса
adjust the engine
регулировать двигатель до заданных параметров
adjust the heading
корректировать курс
advice to follow the controller's advance
выполнять указание диспетчера
affect the regularity
влиять на регулярность
affect the safety
влиять на безопасность
align the aircraft
устанавливать воздушное судно
align the aircraft with the center line
устанавливать воздушное судно по оси
align the aircraft with the runway
устанавливать воздушное судно по оси ВПП
alter the heading
менять курс
amplify the signal
усиливать сигнал
apparent drift of the gyro
кажущийся уход гироскопа
apply the brake
применять тормоз
approach the beam
приближаться к лучу
approve the limitations
утверждать ограничения
approve the tariff
утверждать тариф
area of coverage of the forecasts
район обеспечения прогнозами
arrest the development of the stall
препятствовать сваливанию
arrive over the aerodrome
прибывать в зону аэродрома
assess the damage
определять стоимость повреждения
assess the distance
оценивать расстояние
assess the suitability
оценивать пригодность
assume the control
брать управление на себя
attain the power
достигать заданной мощности
attain the speed
развивать заданную скорость
at the end of
в конце цикла
at the end of segment
в конце участка
(полета) at the end of stroke
в конце хода
(поршня) at the ground level
на уровне земли
at the start of cycle
в начале цикла
at the start of segment
в начале участка
(полета) avoid the obstacle
избегать столкновения с препятствием
backward movement of the stick
взятие ручки на себя
balance the aircraft
балансировать воздушное судно
balance the control surface
балансировать поверхность управления
balance the propeller
балансировать воздушный винт
bear on the accident
иметь отношение к происшествию
before the turbine
перед турбиной
below the glide slope
ниже глиссады
below the landing minima
ниже посадочного минимума
bend the cotterpin ends
загибать усики шплинта
be off the track
уклоняться от заданного курса
be on the level on the hour
занимать эшелон по нулям
block the brake
ставить на тормоз
boundary of the area
граница зоны
brake the propeller
стопорить воздушный винт
break the journey
прерывать полет
bring the aircraft back
возвращать воздушное судно
bring the aircraft out
выводить воздушное судно из крена
by altering the heading
путем изменения курса
cage the gyroscope
арретировать гироскоп
calibrate the compass
списывать девиацию компаса
calibrate the indicator
тарировать прибор
calibrate the system
тарировать систему
calibrate the tank
тарировать бак
cancel the drift
парировать снос
cancel the flight
отменять полет
cancel the forecast
аннулировать сообщенный прогноз
cancel the signal
прекращать подачу сигнала
capture the beam
захватывать луч
carry out a circuit of the aerodrome
выполнять круг полета над аэродромом
carry out the flight
выполнять полет
center the autopilot
центрировать автопилот
center the wiper
центрировать щетку
change the frequency
изменять частоту
change the pitch
изменять шаг
change the track
изменять линию пути
check the reading
проверять показания
chop the power
внезапно изменять режим
circle the aerodrome
летать по кругу над аэродромом
clean the aircraft
убирать механизацию крыла воздушного судна
clean up the crack
зачищать трещину
clearance of the aircraft
разрешение воздушному судну
clearance over the threshold
безопасная высота пролета порога
clear for the left-hand turn
давать разрешение на левый разворот
clear the aircraft
давать разрешение воздушному судну
clear the obstacle
устранять препятствие
clear the point
пролетать над заданной точкой
clear the runway
освобождать ВПП
climb on the course
набирать высоту при полете по курсу
close the buckets
закрывать створки
close the circuit
замыкать цепь
close the flight
заканчивать регистрацию на рейс
come clear of the ground
отрываться от земли
commence the flight
начинать полет
commence the landing procedure
начинать посадку
compare the readings
сравнивать показания
compensate the compass
устранять девиацию компаса
compensate the error
списывать девиацию
compile the accident report
составлять отчет об авиационном происшествии
complete the circuit
закольцовывать
complete the flight
завершать полет
complete the flight plan
составлять план полета
complete the turn
завершать разворот
compute the visual range
вычислять дальность видимости
conditions beyond the experience
условия, по сложности превосходящие квалификацию пилота
conditions on the route
условия по заданному маршруту
considering the obstacles
учет препятствий
construct the procedure
разрабатывать схему
containerize the cargo
упаковывать груз в контейнере
continue operating on the fuel reserve
продолжать полет на аэронавигационном запасе топлива
continue the flight
продолжать полет
continue the takeoff
продолжать взлет
contribute towards the safety
способствовать повышению безопасности
control the aircraft
управлять воздушным судном
control the pitch
управлять шагом
convert the frequency
преобразовывать частоту
convey the information
передавать информацию
correct the trouble
устранять отказ
correspond with the operating minima
соответствовать эксплуатационному минимуму
counteract the rotor torque
уравновешивать крутящий момент несущего винта
coverage of the chart
картографируемый район
cover the route
пробегать по полному маршруту
crosscheck the readings
сверять показания
cross the airway
пересекать авиатрассу
data on the performance
координаты характеристики
decelerate in the flight
гасить скорость в полете
decelerate the aircraft to
снижать скорость воздушного судна до
decrease the deviation
уменьшать величину отклонения от курса
decrease the pitch
уменьшать шаг
decrease the speed
уменьшать скорость
de-energize the bus
обесточивать шину
define the failure
определять причины отказа
deflate the tire
ослаблять давление в пневматике
deflect the control surface
отклонять поверхность управления
(напр. элерон) delay the turn
затягивать разворот
delimit the runway
обозначать границы ВПП
delimit the taxiway
обозначать границы рулежной дорожки
delineate the runway
очерчивать границы ВПП
delineate the taxiway
обозначать размеры рулежной дорожки
deliver the baggage
доставлять багаж
deliver the clearance
передавать разрешение
denote the obstacle
обозначать препятствие
denoting the obstacle
обозначение препятствия
depart from the rules
отступать от установленных правил
departure from the standards
отклонение от установленных стандартов
depress the pedal
нажимать на педаль
detach the load
отцеплять груз
detach the wing
отстыковывать крыло
determinate the cause
устанавливать причину
determine amount of the error
определять величину девиации
determine the delay
устанавливать время задержки
determine the extent of damage
определять степень повреждения
determine the friction
определять величину сцепления
determine the sign of deviation
определять знак девиации
detract from the safety
снижать безопасность
development of the stall
процесс сваливания
deviate from the flight plan
отклоняться от плана полета
deviate from the glide slope
отклоняться от глиссады
deviate from the heading
отклоняться от заданного курса
deviation from the course
отклонение от заданного курса
deviation from the level flight
отклонение от линии горизонтального полета
discharge the cargo
снимать груз в контейнере
disclose the fares
опубликовывать тарифы
discontinue the takeoff
прекращать взлет
disengage the autopilot
выключать автопилот
displace the center-of-gravity
изменять центровку
disregard the indicator
пренебрегать показаниями прибора
disseminate the forecast
распространять прогноз
drain the tank
сливать из бака
draw the conclusion
подготавливать заключение
drift off the course
сносить с курса
drift off the heading
уходить с заданного курса
drop the nose
сваливаться на нос
duck below the glide path
резко снижаться относительно глиссады
ease the aircraft on
выравнивать воздушное судно
effect adversely the strength
нарушать прочность
(напр. фюзеляжа) elevation of the strip
превышение летной полосы
eliminate the cause of
устранять причину
eliminate the hazard
устранять опасную ситуацию
eliminate the ice formation
устранять обледенение
eliminate the source of danger
устранять источник опасности
(для воздушного движения) enable the aircraft to
давать воздушному судну право
endanger the aircraft
создавать опасность для воздушного судна
endange the safety
угрожать безопасности
endorse the license
делать отметку в свидетельстве
energize the bus
подавать электропитание на шину
enforce rules of the air
обеспечивать соблюдение правил полетов
engage the autopilot
включать автопилот
ensure the adequate provisions
обеспечивать соответствующие меры предосторожности
enter the aircraft
заносить воздушное судно в реестр
enter the aircraft stand
заруливать на место стоянки воздушного судна
enter the airway
выходить на авиатрассу
enter the final approach track
выходить на посадочную прямую
enter the spin
входить в штопор
enter the tariff into force
утверждать тарифную ставку
enter the traffic circuit
входить в круг движения
enter the turn
входить в разворот
entry into the aerodrome zone
вход в зону аэродрома
entry into the flare
входить в этап выравнивания
erection of the gyro
восстановление гироскопа
establish the characteristics
устанавливать характеристики
establish the flight conditions
устанавливать режим полета
establish the procedure
устанавливать порядок
exceeding the stalling angle
выход на закритический угол атаки
exceed the stop
преодолевать упор
execute the manoeuvre
выполнять маневр
execute the turn
выполнять разворот
expedite the clearance
ускорять оформление
express the altitude
четко указывать высоту
extend the agreement
продлевать срок действия соглашения
extend the landing gear
выпускать шасси
extend the legs
выпускать шасси
extreme aft the center-of-gravity
предельная задняя центровка
extreme forward the center-of-gravity
предельная передняя центровка
eye height over the threshold
уровень положения глаз над порогом ВПП
fail into the spin
срываться в штопор
fail to follow the procedure
не выполнять установленную схему
fail to observe the limitations
не соблюдать установленные ограничения
fail to provide the manuals
не обеспечивать соответствующими инструкциями
fall into the spin
срываться в штопор
feather the propeller
ставить воздушный винт во флюгерное положение
file the flight plan
регистрировать план полета
first freedom of the air
первая степень свободы воздуха
flight inbound the station
полет в направлении на станцию
flight outbound the station
полет в направлении от станции
flight over the high seas
полет над открытым морем
flight under the rules
полет по установленным правилам
fly above the weather
летать над верхней кромкой облаков
fly at the altitude
летать на заданной высоте
fly into the sun
летать против солнца
fly into the wind
летать против ветра
fly on the autopilot
летать на автопилоте
fly on the course
летать по курсу
fly on the heading
летать по курсу
fly the aircraft
1. управлять самолетом
2. пилотировать воздушное судно fly the beam
лететь по лучу
fly the circle
летать по кругу
fly the glide-slope beam
летать по глиссадному лучу
fly the great circle
летать по ортодромии
fly the heading
выполнять полет по курсу
fly the rhumb line
летать по локсодромии
fly under the autopilot
пилотировать при помощи автопилота
fly under the supervision of
летать под контролем
focus the light
фокусировать фару
follow the beam
выдерживать направление по лучу
follow the glide slope
выдерживать глиссаду
follow up the aircraft
сопровождать воздушное судно
forfeit the reservation
лишать брони
freedom of the air
степень свободы воздуха
fuel the tank
заправлять бак топливом
fulfil the conditions
выполнять условия
gain the air supremacy
завоевывать господство в воздухе
gain the altitude
набирать заданную высоту
gain the glide path
входить в глиссаду
gain the power
достигать заданной мощность
gain the speed
развивать заданную скорость
gather the speed
наращивать скорость
get into the aerodrome
приземляться на аэродроме
get on the course
выходить на заданный курс
get the height
набирать заданную высоту
give the way
уступать трассу
go out of the spin
выходить из штопора
govern the application
регулировать применение
govern the flight
управлять ходом полета
govern the operation
руководить эксплуатацией
grade of the pilot licence
класс пилотского свидетельства
guard the frequency
прослушивать частоту
handle the baggage
обслуживать багаж
handle the flight controls
оперировать органами управления полетом
have the runway in sight
четко видеть ВПП
head the aircraft into wind
направлять воздушное судно против ветра
hold on the heading
выдерживать на заданном курсе
hold over the aids
выполнять полет в зоне ожидания
hold over the beacon
выполнять полет в режиме ожидания над аэродромом
hold the aircraft on the heading
выдерживать воздушное судно на заданном курсе
hold the brake
удерживать тормоза
hold the heading on the compass
выдерживать курс по компасу
hold the position
ожидать на месте
hold the speed accurately
точно выдерживать скорость
hover at the height of
зависать на высоте
hovering in the ground effect
висение в зоне влияния земли
identify the aerodrome from the air
опознавать аэродром с воздуха
identify the aircraft
опознавать воздушное судно
identify the center line
обозначать осевую линию
impair the operation
нарушать работу
impair the safety
снижать безопасность
impose the limitations
налагать ограничения
in computing the fuel
при расчете количества топлива
in conformity with the specifications
в соответствии с техническими условиями
increase a camber of the profile
увеличивать кривизну профиля
increase the pitch
увеличивать шаг
increase the speed
увеличивать скорость
indicate the location from the air
определять местоположение с воздуха
inherent in the aircraft
свойственный воздушному судну
initiate the turn
входить в разворот
install in the aircraft
устанавливать на борту воздушного судна
install on the aircraft
монтировать на воздушном судне
intercept the beam
выходить на ось луча
intercept the glide slope
захватывать луч глиссады
International Relations Department of the Ministry of Civil Aviation
Управление внешних сношений Министерства гражданской авиации
interpretation of the signal
расшифровка сигнала
in the case of delay
в случае задержки
in the event of a mishap
в случае происшествия
in the event of malfunction
в случая отказа
introduction of the corrections
ввод поправок
issue the certificate
выдавать сертификат
jeopardize the flight
подвергать полет опасности
judge the safety
оценивать степень опасности
keep clear of the aircraft
держаться на безопасном расстоянии от воздушного судна
keep out of the way
не занимать трассу
keep tab on the fleet
вести учет парка
keep the aircraft on
выдерживать воздушное судно
keep the altitude
выдерживать заданную высоту
keep the ball centered
держать шарик в центре
keep the pace
выдерживать дистанцию
keep to the minima
устанавливать минимум
kick off the drift
парировать снос
kill the landing speed
гасить посадочную скорость
landing off the aerodrome
посадка вне аэродрома
land into the wind
выполнять посадку против ветра
land the aircraft
приземлять воздушное судно
latch the pitch stop
устанавливать на упор шага
(лопасти воздушного винта) latch the propeller flight stop
ставить воздушный винт на полетный упор
lateral the center-of-gravity
поперечная центровка
lay the route
прокладывать маршрут
lead in the aircraft
заруливать воздушное судно
lead out the aircraft
выруливать воздушное судно
leave the airspace
покидать данное воздушное пространство
leave the altitude
уходить с заданной высоты
leave the plane
выходить из самолета
leave the runway
освобождать ВПП
level the aircraft out
выравнивать воздушное судно
lie beyond the range
находиться вне заданного предела
line up the aircraft
выруливать воздушное судно на исполнительный старт
load the gear
загружать редуктор
load the generator
нагружать генератор
load the structure
нагружать конструкцию
lock the landing gear
ставить шасси на замки
lock the landing gear down
ставить шасси на замок выпущенного положения
lock the landing gear up
ставить шасси на замок убранного положения
lock the legs
устанавливать шасси на замки выпущенного положения
longitudinal the center-of-gravity
продольная центровка
lose the altitude
терять высоту
lose the speed
терять заданную скорость
loss the control
терять управление
lower the landing gear
выпускать шасси
lower the legs
выпускать шасси
lower the nose wheel
опускать носовое колесо
maintain the aircraft at readiness to
держать воздушное судно готовым
maintain the altitude
выдерживать заданную высоту
maintain the course
выдерживать заданный курс
maintain the flight level
выдерживать заданный эшелон полета
maintain the flight procedure
выдерживать установленный порядок полетов
maintain the flight watch
выдерживать заданный график полета
maintain the flying speed
выдерживать требуемую скорость полета
maintain the heading
выдерживать заданный курс
maintain the parameter
выдерживать заданный параметр
make a complaint against the company
подавать жалобу на компанию
make the aircraft airborne
отрывать воздушное судно от земли
make the course change
изменять курс
make the reservation
забронировать место
manipulate the flight controls
оперировать органами управления полетом
mark the obstacle
маркировать препятствие
mean scale of the chart
средний масштаб карты
meet the airworthiness standards
удовлетворять нормам летной годности
meet the conditions
выполнять требования
meet the specifications
соблюдать технические условия
misjudge the distance
неправильно оценивать расстояние
modify the flight plan
уточнять план полета
monitor the flight
следить за полетом
monitor the frequency
контролировать заданную частоту
moor the aircraft
швартовать воздушное судно
mount on the frame
монтировать на шпангоуте
move off from the rest
страгивать с места
move the blades to higher
утяжелять воздушный винт
move the pedal forward
давать педаль вперед
name-code of the route
кодирование названия маршрута
neglect the indicator
не учитывать показания прибора
note the instrument readings
отмечать показания приборов
note the time
засекать время
observe the conditions
соблюдать условия
observe the instruments
следить за показаниями приборов
observe the readings
наблюдать за показаниями
obtain the correct path
выходить на заданную траекторию
obtain the flying speed
набирать заданную скорость полета
obtain the forecast
получать прогноз
offer the capacity
предлагать объем загрузки
off-load the pump
разгружать насос
on the base leg
выполнил третий разворот
on the beam
в зоне действия луча
on the cross-wind leg
выполнил первый разворот
on the down-wind leg
выполнил второй разворот
on the eastbound leg
на участке маршрута в восточном направлении
on the final leg
выполнил четвертый разворот
on the left base leg
подхожу к четвертому с левым разворотом
on the speed
на скорости
on the upwind leg
вхожу в круг
open the buckets
открывать створки
open the circuit
размыкать цепь
open the door inward outward
открывать люк внутрь наружу
operate from the aerodrome
выполнять полеты с аэродрома
operate under the conditions
эксплуатировать в заданных условиях
overcome the obstacle
преодолевать препятствие
overcome the spring force
преодолевать усилие пружины
overflying the runway
пролет над ВПП
overpower the autopilot
пересиливать автопилот
overrun the runway
выкатываться за пределы ВПП
overshoot capture of the glide slope
поздний захват глиссадного луча
over the territory
над территорией
over the top
над верхней границей облаков
over the wing
над крылом
park in the baggage
сдавать в багаж
participation in the investigation
участие в расследовании
passing over the runway
пролет над ВПП
pass the signal
пропускать сигнал
past the turbine
за турбиной
perform the service bulletin
выполнять доработку по бюллетеню
pick up the signal
фиксировать сигнал
pick up the speed
развивать заданную скорость
pilot on the controls
пилот, управляющий воздушным судном
pitch the nose downward
опускать нос
place the aircraft
устанавливать воздушное судно
place the flaps in
устанавливать закрылки
plane of symmetry of the aeroplane
плоскость симметрии самолета
plot the aircraft
засекать воздушное судно
potential hazard to the safe
потенциальная угроза безопасности
power the bus
включать шину
present the minimum hazard
представлять минимальную опасность
preserve the clearance
сохранять запас высоты
pressurize the bearing
уплотнять опору подачей давления
produce the signal
выдавать сигнал
profitability over the route
эффективность маршрута
prolongation of the rating
продление срока действия квалификационной отметки
properly identify the aircraft
точно опознавать воздушное судно
protect the circuit
защищать цепь
prove the system
испытывать систему
pull out of the spin
выводить из штопора
pull the aircraft out of
брать штурвал на себя
pull the control column back
брать штурвал на себя
pull the control stick back
брать ручку управления на себя
pull up the helicopter
резко увеличивать подъемную силу вертолета
puncture the tire
прокалывать покрышку
push the aircraft back
буксировать воздушное судно хвостом вперед
push the aircraft down
снижать высоту полета воздушного судна
push the control column
отдавать штурвал от себя
push the control stick
отдавать ручку управления от себя
put into the spin
вводить в штопор
put on the course
выходить на заданный курс
put the aircraft into production
запускать воздушное судно в производство
put the aircraft on the course
выводить воздушное судно на заданный курс
put the aircraft over
переводить воздушное судно в горизонтальный полет
raise the landing gear
убирать шасси
reach the altitude
занимать заданную высоту
reach the flight level
занимать заданный эшелон полета
reach the glide path
входить в зону глиссады
reach the speed
достигать заданных оборотов
reach the stalling angle
выходить на критический угол
read the drift angle
отсчитывать угол сноса
read the instruments
считывать показания приборов
receive the signal
принимать сигнал
record the readings
регистрировать показания
recover from the spin
выходить из штопора
recover from the turn
выходить из разворота
recovery from the manoeuvre
выход из маневра
recovery from the stall
вывод из режима сваливания
recovery from the turn
выход из разворота
rectify the compass
устранять девиацию компаса
reduce the hazard
уменьшать опасность
reestablish the track
восстанавливать заданную линию пути
regain the glide path
возвращаться на глиссаду
regain the speed
восстанавливать скорость
regain the track
возвращаться на заданный курс
register the aircraft
регистрировать воздушное судно
release the aircraft
прекращать контроль воздушного судна
release the landing gear
снимать шасси с замков убранного положения
release the landing gear lock
снимать шасси с замка
release the load
сбрасывать груз
release the uplock
открывать замок убранного положения
relocate the plane's trim
восстанавливать балансировку самолета
remedy the defect
устранять дефект
remedy the trouble
устранять отказ
remove the aircraft
удалять воздушное судно
remove the crack
выбирать трещину
remove the tangle
распутывать
render the certificate
передавать сертификат
renew the license
возобновлять действие свидетельства или лицензии
renew the rating
возобновлять действие квалификационной отметки
replan the flight
измерять маршрут полета
report reaching the altitude
докладывать о занятии заданной высоты
report reaching the flight level
докладывать о занятии заданного эшелона полета
report the heading
сообщать курс
reset the gyroscope
восстанавливать гироскоп
restart the engine in flight
запускать двигатель в полете
restore the system
восстанавливать работу системы
restrict the operations
накладывать ограничения на полеты
resume the flight
возобновлять полет
resume the journey
возобновлять полет
retain the lever
фиксировать рукоятку
retract the landing gear
убирать шасси
return the aircraft to service
допускать воздушное судно к дальнейшей эксплуатации
reverse the propeller
переводить винт на отрицательную тягу
roll in the aircraft
вводить воздушное судно в крен
roll into the turn
входить в разворот
roll left on the heading
выходить на курс с левым разворотом
roll on the aircraft
выполнять этап пробега воздушного судна
roll on the course
выводить на заданный курс
roll out of the turn
выходить из разворота
roll out on the heading
выходить на заданный курс
roll out the aircraft
выводить воздушное судно из крена
roll right on the heading
выходить на курс с правым разворотом
rotate the aircraft
отрывать переднюю опору шасси воздушного судна
rotate the bogie
запрокидывать тележку
rules of the air
правила полетов
run fluid through the system
прогонять систему
run off the runway
выкатываться за пределы ВПП
run out the landing gear
выпускать шасси
schedule the performances
задавать характеристики
seat the brush
притирать щетку
second freedom of the air
вторая степень свободы воздуха
secure the mishap site
обеспечивать охрану места происшествия
select the course
выбирать курс
select the flight route
выбирать маршрут полета
select the frequency
выбирать частоту
select the heading
задавать курс
select the mode
выбирать режим
select the track angle
задавать путевой угол
separate the aircraft
эшелонировать воздушное судно
serve out the service life
вырабатывать срок службы
set at the desired angle
устанавливать на требуемый угол
set the course
устанавливать курс
set the flaps at
устанавливать закрылки
set the heading
устанавливать курс
set the propeller pitch
устанавливать шаг воздушного винта
set the throttle lever
устанавливать сектор газа
set up the speed
задавать определенную скорость
shift the center-of-gravity
смещать центровку
shop out the skin
вырубать обшивку
simulate the instruments responses
имитировать показания приборов
slacken the cable
ослаблять натяжение троса
slave the gyroscope
согласовывать гироскоп
smooth on the heading
плавно выводить на заданный курс
smooth out the crack
удалять трещину
smooth out the dent
выправлять вмятину
smooth the signal
сглаживать сигнал
space the aircraft
определять зону полета воздушного судна
spin the gyro rotor
раскручивать ротор гироскопа
state instituting the investigation
государство, назначающее расследование
(авиационного происшествия) state submitting the report
государство, представляющее отчет
(об авиационном происшествии) steady airflow about the wing
установившееся обтекание крыла воздушным потоком
steer the aircraft
управлять воздушным судном
stop the crack propagation
предотвращать развитие трещины
stop the leakage
устранять течь
submit the flight plan
представлять план полета
substitute the aircraft
заменять воздушное судно
supervision approved by the State
надзор, установленный государством
supply the signal
подавать сигнал
swing the compass
списывать девиацию компаса
swing the door open
открывать створку
switch to the autopilot
переходить на управление с помощью автопилота
switch to the proper tank
включать подачу топлива из бака с помощью электрического крана
takeoff into the wind
взлетать против ветра
take off power to the shaft
отбирать мощность на вал
take over the control
брать управление на себя
take the bearing
брать заданный пеленг
take the energy from
отбирать энергию
take the readings
считывать показания
take the taxiway
занимать рулежную дорожку
take up the backlash
устранять люфт
take up the position
выходить на заданную высоту
tap air from the compressor
отбирать воздух от компрессора
terminate the agreement
прекращать действие соглашения
terminate the control
прекращать диспетчерское обслуживание
terminate the flight
завершать полет
test in the wind tunnel
продувать в аэродинамической трубе
test the system
испытывать систему
the aircraft under command
управляемое воздушное судно
the route to be flown
намеченный маршрут полета
the route to be followed
установленный маршрут полета
the runway is clear
ВПП свободна
the runway is not clear
ВПП занята
the search is terminated
поиск прекращен
through on the same flight
транзитом тем же рейсом
throughout the service life
на протяжении всего срока службы
tighten the turn
уменьшать радиус разворота
time in the air
налет часов
time the valves
регулировать газораспределение
titl of the gyro
завал гироскопа
to define the airspace
определять границы воздушного пространства
transfer the control
передавать диспетчерское управление другому пункту
transit to the climb speed
переходить к скорости набора высоты
trim the aircraft
балансировать воздушное судно
turn into the wind
разворачивать против ветра
turn off the system
выключать систему
turn on the system
включать систему
turn the proper tank on
включать подачу топлива из бока с помощью механического крана
unarm the system
отключать состояние готовности системы
uncage the gyroscope
разарретировать гироскоп
unfeather the propeller
выводить воздушный винт из флюгерного положения
unlatch the landing gear
снимать шасси с замков
unlatch the pitch stop
снимать с упора шага
(лопасти воздушного винта) unstall the aircraft
выводить воздушное судно из сваливания на крыло
unstick the aircraft
отрывать воздушное судно от земли
uplift the freight
принимать груз на борт
violate the law
нарушать установленный порядок
wander off the course
сбиваться с курса
warn the aircraft
предупреждать воздушное судно
wind the generator
наматывать обмотку генератора
with decrease in the altitude
со снижением высоты
withdraw from the agreement
выходить из соглашения
with increase in the altitude
с набором высоты
within the frame of
в пределах
within the range
в заданном диапазоне
withstand the load
выдерживать нагрузку
work on the aircraft
выполнять работу на воздушном судне
write down the readings
фиксировать показания

English-Russian aviation dictionary > the
17 unterstehen

un·ter·ste·hen *

1. un·ter·ste·hen * [ʊntɐʼʃte:ən] irreg vi

jdm/einer S. \unterstehen to be subordinate to sb/sth, to come under sb's/sth's control;

der Abteilungsleiterin \unterstehen 17 Mitarbeiter seventeen employees report to the departmental head;

jds Befehl \unterstehen to be under sb's command;

ständiger Kontrolle \unterstehen to be subject to constant checks

vr

sich \unterstehen, etw zu tun to have the audacity to do sth;

er hat sich tatsächlich unterstanden, uns zu drohen? he actually dared to threaten us?;

untersteh dich! don't you dare!;

was \unterstehen Sie sich! how dare you!

2. un·ter|ste·hen [ʼʊntɐʃte:ən]

vi

irreg haben (südd, österr, schweiz) to take shelter [or cover];

es hat so stark geregnet, dass wir eine ganze Weile \unterstehen mussten it rained so heavily that we had to take shelter for quite a while

Deutsch-Englisch Wörterbuch für Studenten > unterstehen
18 unterstehen *

un·ter·ste·hen *

1. un·ter·ste·hen * [ʊntɐʼʃte:ən] irreg vi

jdm/einer S. \unterstehen * to be subordinate to sb/sth, to come under sb's/sth's control;

der Abteilungsleiterin \unterstehen * 17 Mitarbeiter seventeen employees report to the departmental head;

jds Befehl \unterstehen * to be under sb's command;

ständiger Kontrolle \unterstehen * to be subject to constant checks

vr

sich \unterstehen *, etw zu tun to have the audacity to do sth;

er hat sich tatsächlich unterstanden, uns zu drohen? he actually dared to threaten us?;

untersteh dich! don't you dare!;

was \unterstehen * Sie sich! how dare you!

2. un·ter|ste·hen [ʼʊntɐʃte:ən]

vi

irreg haben (südd, österr, schweiz) to take shelter [or cover];

es hat so stark geregnet, dass wir eine ganze Weile \unterstehen * mussten it rained so heavily that we had to take shelter for quite a while

Deutsch-Englisch Wörterbuch für Studenten > unterstehen *
19 поступить в подчинение

Military: come under the command

Универсальный русско-английский словарь > поступить в подчинение
20 bajo

adj.

1 low.

2 short, small.

3 low, tawdry, base.

4 low, contemptible, lowly, base.

5 low-lying, low-down.

6 hushed, soft, soft-sounding.

adv.

1 softly, in a low voice, low.

Let's talk low because the baby's sleep Hablemos bajo porque el niño duerme.

2 low, in a low position, near ground level, near the floor.

prep.

1 under, below, beneath, underneath.

2 under.

3 under, under the jurisdiction of.

m.

1 bass.

2 bass, double bass, bass guitar.

3 bass singer, bass voice, bass.

4 hem, turn-up, hemline, turnup.

5 low lying ground.

pres.indicat.

1^st person singular (yo) present indicative of spanish verb: bajar.

* * *

bajo

► adjetivo

1 (gen) low

■ una casa baja a low house

■ precios bajos low prices

■ el río está bajo the river is low

■ pon la música, pero baja put the music on low

2 (persona) short, not tall

■ su padre es muy bajo her father is very short

3 (cabeza) bowed, held low; (ojos) lowered, downcast

■ rezaba con la cabeza baja she prayed with her head bowed

4 (marea) out

■ la marea está baja the tide is out

5 (despreciable) despicable, contemptible, base

6 (territorio, río) lower

■ la baja Navarra lower Navarre

7 (época) later

■ la Baja Edad Media the late Middle Ages

8 (inferior) poor, low

■ es de baja calidad it's poor quality

■ tu rendimiento es muy bajo your performance is very poor

————————

bajo

► nombre masculino

1 (piso) ground floor, US first floor

2 (de prenda) bottoms plural, US cuff

3 MÚSICA (instrumento) bass; (contrabajo) double bass

► nombre masulino o femenino

1 MÚSICA (músico) bass player; (cantante) bass

► adverbio

1 (en el aire) low

■ el avión vuela bajo para evitar el radar the plane flies low to avoid the radar

2 (voz) softly, quietly, in a low voice

■ habla muy bajo she speaks very quietly

► preposición

1 under

■ pasamos la noche bajo las estrellas we spent the night under the stars

■ bajo ningún concepto under no circumstances

■ bajo el yugo del dictador under the yoke of the dictator

2 (temperatura) below

■ 10 grados bajo cero 10 degrees below zero

► nombre masculino plural bajos

1 (planta baja) ground floor; (sótano) basement

\

FRASEOLOGÍA

por lo bajo (disimuladamente) on the sly 2 (en voz baja) in a low voice 3 (sin exagerar) conservatively

bajas pasiones animal passions

bajos fondos underworld sing

* * *
1. prep.
1) under

2) beneath

3) below
2. adv.
1) low

2) softly, quietly
3. (f. - baja)
adj.

1) low

2) short

3) lower

4) soft

5) base, vile
4. noun m.
1) bass

2) first floor

* * *

1. ADJ

1) (=de poca altura) [objeto] low; [persona] short; [parte] lower, bottom; [tierra] low-lying; [agua] shallow

una silla muy baja — a very low chair

mi hermano es muy bajo — my brother is very short

en la parte baja de la ciudad — in the lower part of the town

planta baja — ground floor, first floor (EEUU)

los bajos fondos — the underworld sing

2) (=inclinado)

contestó con la cabeza baja — she answered with her head bowed

con los ojos bajos — with downcast eyes

3) (=reducido, inferior) [precios, temperaturas, frecuencia] low; [calidad] low, poor

de baja calidad — low-quality, poor-quality

de bajo contenido en grasas — low-fat

bajo en calorías — low-calorie

la temporada baja — the low season

• estar bajo de algo, estar bajo de ánimo o de moral — to be in low spirits

estar bajo de forma (física) — to be unfit, be out of shape

4) [sonido] faint, soft; [voz, tono] low

hablar en voz baja — to speak quietly o in a low voice

decir algo por lo bajo — to say sth under one's breath

hacer algo por lo bajo — to do sth secretly

5) [etapa]

en la baja Edad Media — in the late Middle Ages

bajo latín — Low Latin

6) [oro, plata] with a high level of impurities

7) [color] (=apagado) dull; (=pálido) pale

8) (=humilde) low, humble; [clase] lower; [condición] lowly; [barrio] poor; [tarea] menial

9) pey (=vulgar) common, ordinary; (=mezquino) base, mean

10)

por lo bajo — (=a lo menos) at (the) least

2. SM

1) (Cos) [de vestido] hem; [de pantalones] turn-up, cuff (EEUU)

2) [de edificio] (=piso) ground floor, first floor (EEUU)

vivo en un bajo — I live on the ground floor

bajo comercial — ground-floor o (EEUU) first-floor business premises

3) (Mús) (=instrumento) bass; (=voz) bass; (=guitarrista) bass (guitar) player, bassist

Elena toca el bajo en un grupo — Elena plays bass (guitar) in a group

bajo profundo — basso profundo

4) pl bajos [de edificio] ground floor sing, first floor sing (EEUU); [de coche] underside; euf [del cuerpo] private parts

5) (=hondonada) hollow

6) (Náut) = bajío 1)

3.

ADV [volar] low; [tocar, cantar] quietly, softly

el avión volaba muy bajo — the plane was flying very low

hablar bajo — (=en voz baja) to speak quietly, speak softly; (=tener una voz suave) to be softly spoken, be soft spoken

¡más bajo, por favor! — quieter, please!

4. PREP

1) (=debajo de) under

Juan llevaba un libro bajo el brazo — Juan was carrying a book under his arm

• bajo cero — below zero

estamos a dos grados bajo cero — it's two degrees below zero

• bajo la lluvia — in the rain

• bajo tierra — underground

toda la familia está ya bajo tierra — the whole family are dead and buried

2) (=dependiente de, sometido a) under

bajo Napoleón — under Napoleon

bajo los efectos de la droga — under the influence of drugs

bajo el título de... — under the title of...

bajo mi punto de vista — from my point of view

bajo el reinado de — in the reign of

está bajo la tutela de su tío — her uncle is her legal guardian
fianza 1), juramento 1), llave 1)
* * *
I
- ja adjetivo

1) [ser] < persona> short

2) (indicando posición, nivel)

a) [ser] < techo> low; < tierras> low-lying

b) [estar] <lámpara/cuadro/nivel> low

la parte baja de la estantería — the lower shelves of the bookcase

la marea está baja — the tide is out

c) ( bajado)

tener las persianas bajas — to have the blinds down

caminar con la mirada baja — to walk (along) with one's eyes on the ground

3)

a) <calificación/precio/número> low; < temperatura> low

una bebida baja en calorías — a low-calorie drink

tiene la tensión or presión baja — he has low blood pressure

artículos de baja calidad — poor-quality goods

b) <volumen/luz> low

en voz baja — quietly, in a low voice

pon la radio bajita — put the radio on quietly

4)

estar bajo DE algo — ( falto de)

están bajos de moral — their morale is low

está bajo de defensas — his defenses are low

5) ( grave) <tono/voz> deep, low

6) ( vil) <acción/instinto> low, base

caer bajo: qué bajo has caído! — how could you stoop so low!

•

- baja cuna

- baja forma

- baja frecuencia

- bajas presiones

- bajos fondos

- bajo vientre
II
adverbio

a) <volar/pasar> low

b) <hablar/cantar> softly, quietly

habla más bajo! — keep your voice down!
III
masculino

1)

a) ( planta baja) first (AmE) o (BrE) ground floor

b)

los bajos — (CS) the first (AmE) o (BrE) ground floor

2)

a) (de falda, vestido) hem

b) bajos masculino plural (Auto) underside

3) ( contrabajo) (double) bass
IV
preposición

a) ( debajo de) under

bajo techo — under cover, indoors

tres grados bajo cero — three degrees below zero

bajo el cielo estrellado — (liter) beneath the starry sky (liter)

b) (expresando sujeción, dependencia) under

bajo juramento — under oath

bajo los efectos del alcohol — under the influence of alcohol

bajo el título... — under the title...

* * *
I
- ja adjetivo

1) [ser] < persona> short

2) (indicando posición, nivel)

a) [ser] < techo> low; < tierras> low-lying

b) [estar] <lámpara/cuadro/nivel> low

la parte baja de la estantería — the lower shelves of the bookcase

la marea está baja — the tide is out

c) ( bajado)

tener las persianas bajas — to have the blinds down

caminar con la mirada baja — to walk (along) with one's eyes on the ground

3)

a) <calificación/precio/número> low; < temperatura> low

una bebida baja en calorías — a low-calorie drink

tiene la tensión or presión baja — he has low blood pressure

artículos de baja calidad — poor-quality goods

b) <volumen/luz> low

en voz baja — quietly, in a low voice

pon la radio bajita — put the radio on quietly

4)

estar bajo DE algo — ( falto de)

están bajos de moral — their morale is low

está bajo de defensas — his defenses are low

5) ( grave) <tono/voz> deep, low

6) ( vil) <acción/instinto> low, base

caer bajo: qué bajo has caído! — how could you stoop so low!

•

- baja cuna

- baja forma

- baja frecuencia

- bajas presiones

- bajos fondos

- bajo vientre
II
adverbio

a) <volar/pasar> low

b) <hablar/cantar> softly, quietly

habla más bajo! — keep your voice down!
III
masculino

1)

a) ( planta baja) first (AmE) o (BrE) ground floor

b)

los bajos — (CS) the first (AmE) o (BrE) ground floor

2)

a) (de falda, vestido) hem

b) bajos masculino plural (Auto) underside

3) ( contrabajo) (double) bass
IV
preposición

a) ( debajo de) under

bajo techo — under cover, indoors

tres grados bajo cero — three degrees below zero

bajo el cielo estrellado — (liter) beneath the starry sky (liter)

b) (expresando sujeción, dependencia) under

bajo juramento — under oath

bajo los efectos del alcohol — under the influence of alcohol

bajo el título... — under the title...

* * *

bajo¹

¹ = bass.

Nota: Instrumento musical.

Ex: Russian singer Vladimir Ognovenko is one of the most arresting basses on the opera scene today.

bajo²

² = ground floor.

Nota: Piso de un edificio situado al nivel de la calle.

Ex: The ground floor of the library contains a foyer with separate entrance to different departments.

* bajo comercial = commercial premise.

bajo³

³ = low [lower -comp., lowest -sup.], lowly [lowlier -comp., lowliest -sup.], sagging, low-lying.

Ex: Carlton Duncan discussed the difficulties built into the educational processes which led to under-performance at school and the resulting low representation in higher education and low entry into the professions.

Ex: Such a concept came as a great surprise to many information educators who rather dismissively regarded the information qua information field of activity as being too lowly in terms of salary potential.

Ex: It was obvious that Balzac's enthusiasm for the grant lifted his spirits up from their normal sagging state.

Ex: With the introduction of irrigation, low-lying areas are prone to waterlogging and soil salinization.

* a bajas temperaturas = at low temperature.

* a bajo coste = low-cost.

* a bajo costo = low-cost.

* a bajo nivel = low-level.

* a bajo precio = lower-cost, lower-cost, at a low price, on the cheap.

* altibajos = ups and downs.

* altos y bajos = highs and lows, peaks and valleys.

* arma de bajo calibre = small arm.

* baja Edad Media, la = late Middle Ages, the.

* baja resolución = low resolution.

* baja tecnología = low tech [low-tech].

* baja temperatura = low temperature.

* bajo cero = sub-zero, below-freezing.

* bajo consumo = low power consumption.

* bajo coste = low cost.

* bajo en ácido = low-acid.

* bajo en calorías = low cal, low-calorie.

* bajo en carbohidratos = low-carb(ohydrate).

* bajo en grasas = low fat.

* bajo en hidratos de carbono = low-carb(ohydrate).

* bajo precio = low cost.

* bajo presión = under the cosh.

* bajos ingresos = low income.

* bajo vientre = lower abdomen.

* barrio bajo = skid row.

* bebida baja en alcohol = low-alcohol drink.

* cuando la marea está baja = at low tide.

* cultura de la clase baja = low culture.

* de baja calidad = poor in detail, low-grade [lowgrade], low-quality, third rate [third-rate], low-end, trashy [trashier -comp., trashiest -sup.].

* de baja intensidad = low-intensity [low intensity].

* de baja ralea = ignoble.

* de bajo consumo = low energy.

* de bajo contenido en grasas = low fat.

* de bajo crecimiento = low-growing.

* de bajo estatus social = low-status.

* de bajo nivel = lower-level, low-level.

* de bajo precio = low-priced.

* de bajo riesgo = low-risk.

* decir en voz baja = say under + Posesivo + breath, say in + a low voice, say in + a quiet voice.

* de la gama baja = low-end.

* de nivel cultural bajo = lowbrow [low-brow].

* de nivel intelectual bajo = lowbrow [low-brow].

* de tacón bajo = low-heeled.

* dieta baja en carbohidratos = low-carb diet.

* dieta baja en hidratos de carbono = low-carb diet.

* el más bajo = rock-bottom.

* el punto más bajo = rock-bottom.

* en su nivel más bajo = at its lowest ebb.

* en su punto más bajo = at its lowest ebb.

* en un nivel bajo = at a low ebb.

* en un punto bajo = at a low ebb.

* estar muy bajo = be way down.

* familia de bajos ingresos = low-income family.

* fijar precios bajos = price + low.

* frente de bajas presiones = ridge of low pressure.

* hablar en voz baja = whisper, speak + low.

* marea baja = low tide.

* más bien bajo = shortish.

* monte bajo = undergrowth, understorey [understory, -USA], fynbos, shrubland, scrubland.

* Países Bajos, los = Netherlands, the, Low Countries, the.

* período bajo = dry spell.

* período de baja actividad = dry spell.

* persona de nivel cultural bajo = lowbrow [low-brow].

* persona de nivel intelectual bajo = lowbrow [low-brow].

* planta baja = ground floor.

* que habla en voz baja = quietly spoken.

* que vuela bajo = low-flying.

* sistema de bajas presiones = ridge of low pressure, low pressure system.

* temporada baja = low season.

* tirando a bajo = shortish.

* tirar a lo bajo = low-ball.

bajo⁴

= under.

Ex: One of the outcomes of entry under title has been the proliferation of serials titles.

* acoger bajo la representación de Uno = bring under + Posesivo + umbrella.

* acoger bajo la tutela de Uno = bring under + Posesivo + umbrella.

* bajo agua = undersea, underwater.

* bajo amenaza = under threat.

* bajo arresto domiciliario = under house arrest.

* bajo cero = below zero.

* bajo ciertas circunstancias = under certain circumstances.

* bajo ciertas condiciones = under certain conditions.

* bajo coacción = under duress.

* bajo el asesoramiento de = on the advice of.

* bajo el brazo = under + Posesivo + arm.

* bajo el cargo de = on charges of.

* bajo el control de = under the control of.

* bajo el emblema = under the banner.

* bajo el manto de la noche = under the cover of darkness, under the cloak of darkness.

* bajo el patrocinio de = under the aegis of.

* bajo el sol = in the eye of the sun.

* bajo el yugo de = under the yoke of.

* bajo juramento = under oath, sworn.

* bajo la apariencia de = in the guise of, under the guise of.

* bajo la competencia de = under the jurisdiction of.

* bajo la dirección de = under the supervision of.

* bajo las garras de = under the grip of.

* bajo la supervisión de = under the supervision of.

* bajo la tutela = under the auspices of.

* bajo la tutela de = under the aegis of.

* bajo la tutela de Alguien = under + Posesivo + auspices.

* bajo llave = under lock and key.

* bajo los auspicios de = under the aegis of, under the auspices of.

* bajo los auspicios de Alguien = under + Posesivo + auspices.

* bajo los pies = underfoot.

* bajo lupa = under the microscope.

* bajo ninguna circunstancia = under no/any circumstances.

* bajo ningún concepto = on no account, not on any account, under no/any circumstances.

* bajo + Posesivo + custodia = in + Posesivo + safekeeping.

* bajo presión = under pressure.

* bajo reforma = under reform.

* bajo sospecha = under suspicion.

* bajo tierra = underground, below surface.

* bajo un mismo techo = under one roof.

* decretar libertad bajo fianza = remand.

* guardar bajo llave = keep under + lock and key.

* libertad bajo fianza = bail.

* mantener bajo control = keep + a rein on.

* tener Algo bajo el control de Uno = have + Nombre + at + Posesivo + command.

* territorio bajo mandato = mandate.

bajo⁵

⁵ = lowdown, mean [meaner -comp., meanest -sup.].

Ex: The board clearly didn't care if its commissioner was a lowdown, lying, corrupt and untrustworthy creep, likely because that is the nature of the entire organization.

Ex: Whereas in most European countries during this period welfare provision continued to develop, in Australia it languished at a level which, with the exception of Japan, was the meanest of the developed countries.

* * *

bajo¹ -ja

adjective

A [ SER] ‹persona› short

ese chico bajito que trabaja en el bar that short o small guy who works in the bar

B (indicando posición, nivel)

1 [ SER] ‹techo› low; ‹tierras› low-lying

un vestido de talle bajo a low-waisted dress

2 [ ESTAR] ‹lámpara/cuadro› low

las ramas más bajas del árbol the lowest branches of the tree

la parte baja de la estantería the bottom shelf/lower shelves of the bookcase

el nivel de aceite está bajo the oil level is low

¡qué bajo está el río! isn't the river low!

la marea está baja it's low tide, the tide is out

3

(bajado): la casa tenía las persianas bajas the house had the blinds down

caminaba con la mirada baja she walked (along) looking at the ground o with her eyes lowered

C

1 ‹calificación/precio/número› low; ‹temperatura› low

bajo en nicotina y alquitrán low in nicotine and tar

una bebida baja en calorías a low-calorie drink

tiene la tensión or presión baja he has low blood pressure, his blood pressure is low

liquidaban todo a precios bajísimos they were selling everything off really cheap(ly)

artículos de baja calidad poor-quality goods

por lo bajoor ( RPl) por parte baja at least

les va a costar 10.000 tirando or echando por lo bajo ( fam); it's going to cost them at least 10,000, it's going to cost them 10,000 easily o at (the very) least

2 ‹volumen/luz› low

lo dijo en voz baja he said it quietly o in a low voice

pon la radio bajita put the radio on quietly

3 ‹oro› below 14 karats

D estar bajo DE algo

(falto de): están bajos de moral they're in low spirits, their morale is low

está baja de defensas her defenses are low

E (grave) ‹tono/voz› deep, low

F (vil) ‹acción/instinto› low, base

caer bajoor en lo bajo: ha caído en lo más bajo she stooped pretty low

¡qué bajo has caído! how could you stoop so low?, how low can you get!

Compuestos:

● baja cuna

feminine humble origins (pl)

● baja Edad Media

feminine:

la bajoa Edad Media the late Middle Ages (pl)

● baja forma

feminine:

estoy en bajoa forma I'm in bad shape, I'm not on form, I'm feeling below par

la bajoa forma del equipo nacional the poor form of the national team

● baja frecuencia

feminine low frequency

● baja policía

feminine ( Per) garbage ( AmE) o ( BrE) refuse collection and street cleaning service

● bajas pasiones

fpl animal passions (pl)

● bajas presiones

fpl low pressure

● baja tecnología

feminine low technology

de bajoa tecnología low-technology ( before n), low-tech

● bajo Latín

masculine Low Latin

● bajo relieve

masculine bas-relief

● bajos fondos

mpl underworld

● bajo vientre

masculine:

el bajo vientre the lower abdomen

bajo²

adverb

1 ‹volar/pasar› low

2 ‹hablar/cantar› softly, quietly

canta más bajo sing more softly

¡habla más bajo! keep your voice down!

bajo³

masculine

A

1 (planta baja) first ( AmE) o ( BrE) ground floor; (local) commercial premises ( on the first ( AmE) o ( BrE) ground floor of a building)

2 los bajos mpl ( RPl) the first ( AmE) o ( BrE) ground floor

B

1 (de una falda, un vestido) hem; (de un pantalón) cuff ( AmE), turn-up ( BrE)

2 bajos mpl ( Auto) underbody

C (contrabajo) bass, double bass

D

( Chi fam) (fin): darle el bajo a algn to do away with sb ( colloq), to get rid of sb

darle el bajo a algo to polish sth off ( colloq)

bajo⁴

prep

1 (debajo de) under

corrimos a ponernos bajo techo we ran to get under cover

ponte bajo el paraguas get under o underneath the umbrella

tres grados bajo cero three degrees below zero

cuando yo esté bajo tierra when I'm dead and buried

bajo el cielo estrellado ( liter); beneath the starry sky ( liter)

cantando bajo la lluvia singing in the rain

2 (expresando sujeción, dependencia) under

está bajo juramento you are under oath

bajo Alfonso XIII under Alfonso XIII, during the reign of Alfonso XIII

bajo su mando under his command

bajo los efectos del alcohol under the influence of alcohol

bajo ese punto de vista looking at it from that point of view

bajo el título `España hoy' under the title `España hoy'

fianza, garantía, llave² (↑ llave (2)), etc

* * *

Del verbo bajar: ( conjugate bajar)

bajo es:

1ª persona singular (yo) presente indicativo

bajó es:

3ª persona singular (él/ella/usted) pretérito indicativo

Multiple Entries:
bajar
bajo
bajar ( conjugate bajar) verbo intransitivo
1
a) [ascensor/persona] ( alejándose) to go down;

( acercándose) to come down;
◊ bajo por las escaleras to go/come down the stairs;

ya bajo I'll be right down
b) ( apearse) bajo de algo ‹de tren/avión› to get off sth;

‹ de coche› to get out of sth;
‹de caballo/bicicleta› to get off sth
c) (Dep) [ equipo] to go down

2
a) [ marea] to go out

b) [fiebre/tensión] to go down, drop;

[ hinchazón] to go down;
[ temperatura] to fall, drop
c) [precio/valor] to fall, drop;

[ calidad] to deteriorate;
[ popularidad] to diminish;
◊ bajo de precio to go down in price

verbo transitivo
1 ‹escalera/cuesta› to go down
2 ‹brazo/mano› to put down, lower
3
a) bajo algo (de algo) ‹de armario/estante› to get sth down (from sth);

‹ del piso de arriba› ( traer) to bring sth down (from sth);
( llevar) to take sth down (to sth)
b) bajo a algn de algo ‹de mesa/caballo› to get sb off sth

4
a) ‹persiana/telón› to lower;

‹ ventanilla› to open
b) ‹ cremallera› to undo

5 ‹ precio› to lower;
‹ fiebre› to bring down;
‹ volumen› to turn down;
‹ voz› to lower
bajarse verbo pronominal
1 ( apearse) bajose de algo ‹de tren/autobús› to get off sth;
‹ de coche› to get out of sth;
‹de caballo/bicicleta› to get off sth;
‹de pared/árbol› to get down off sth
2 ‹ pantalones› to take down;
‹ falda› to pull down
bajo 1
◊ -ja adjetivo

1 [ser] ‹ persona› short
2
a) [ser] ‹ techo› low;

‹ tierras› low-lying
b) [estar] ‹lámpara/cuadro/nivel› low;

◊ la marea está baja the tide is out;

están bajos de moral their morale is low;
está bajo de defensas his defenses are low
3
a) ‹calificación/precio/temperatura› low;

◊ bajo en nicotina y alquitrán low in nicotine and tar;

bajo en calorías low-calorie;
de baja calidad poor-quality
b) ‹volumen/luz› low;

◊ en voz baja quietly, in a low voice

4 ( grave) ‹tono/voz› deep, low
5 ( vil) ‹acción/instinto› low, base;
◊ los bajos fondos the underworld

bajo 2 adverbio
a) ‹volar/pasar› low

b) ‹hablar/cantar› softly, quietly;

◊ ¡habla más bajo! keep your voice down!

■ sustantivo masculino
1
a) ( planta baja) first (AmE) o (BrE) ground floor

b)

◊ los bajos (CS) the first (AmE) o (BrE) ground floor

2 ( contrabajo) (double) bass
■ preposición
under;
◊ bajo techo under cover, indoors;

tres grados bajo cero three degrees below zero;
bajo juramento under oath
bajar
I verbo transitivo
1 (descender) to come o go down: bajé corriendo la cuesta, I ran downhill ➣ Ver nota en ir 2 (llevar algo abajo) to bring o get o take down: baja los disfraces del trastero, bring the costumes down from the attic
3 (un telón) to lower
(una persiana) to let down
(la cabeza) to bow o lower
4 (reducir el volumen) to turn down
(la voz) to lower
5 (los precios, etc) to reduce, cut
6 (ropa, dobladillo) tengo que bajar el vestido, I've got to let the hem down
7 Mús tienes que bajar un tono, you've got to go down a tone
II verbo intransitivo
1 to go o come down: bajamos al bar, we went down to the bar
2 (apearse de un tren, un autobús) to get off
(de un coche) to get out [de, of]: tienes que bajarte en la siguiente parada, you've got to get off at the next stop
3 (disminuir la temperatura, los precios) to fall, drop: ha bajado su cotización en la bolsa, its share prices have dropped in the stock exchange
bajo,-a
I adjetivo
1 low
2 (de poca estatura) short: es muy bajo para jugar al baloncesto, he's a bit too short to play basketball
3 (poco intenso) faint, soft: en este local la música está baja, the music isn't very loud here
4 (escaso) poor: su nivel es muy bajo, his level is very low
este queso es bajo en calorías, this cheese is low in calories
5 Mús low
6 fig (mezquino, vil, ruin) base, despicable: tiene muy bajos instintos, he's absolutely contemptible
bajos fondos, the underworld
la clase baja, the lower class
II adverbio low: habla bajo, por favor, please speak quietly
por lo b., (a sus espaldas, disimuladamente) on the sly: con Pedro es muy amable, pero por lo bajo echa pestes de él, she's very nice to Pedro, but she's always slagging him off behind his back
(como mínimo) at least: ese libro cuesta cinco mil pesetas tirando por lo bajo, that book costs at least five thousand pesetas
III sustantivo masculino
1 Mús (instrumento, cantante, instrumentista) bass
2 (de un edificio) ground floor
3 (de una prenda) hem
IV mpl Mec underneath: las piedras del camino le rozaron los bajos del coche, we scratched the bottom of the car against the stones on the road
V preposición
1 (lugar) under, underneath
bajo techo, under shelter
bajo tierra, underground
bajo la tormenta, in the storm
2 Pol Hist under
bajo la dictadura, under the dictatorship 3 bajo cero, (temperatura) below zero
4 Jur under
bajo fianza, on bail
bajo juramento, under oath
bajo multa de cien mil pesetas, subject to a fine of one hundred thousand pesetas
bajo ningún concepto, under no circumstances
firmó la declaración bajo presión, she signed the declaration under pressure
La traducción más común del adjetivo es low. Sin embargo, recuerda que cuando quieres describir a una persona debes usar la palabra short: Es muy bajo para su edad. He's very short for his age.

' bajo' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
auspicio
- baja
- caer
- calificar
- caloría
- circunstancia
- concepto
- confiar
- control
- cuerda
- dominación
- fianza
- fiebre
- guardia
- hundida
- hundido
- imperio
- ínfima
- ínfimo
- insolación
- juramento
- libertad
- llave
- manía
- ministerio
- monte
- murmurar
- par
- pretexto
- próxima
- próximo
- rescoldo
- ropa
- sarro
- so
- tapón
- techo
- tierra
- tono
- vigilancia
- a
- abrasar
- anestesia
- arresto
- ático
- bajar
- bajío
- chato
- chico
- coacción
English:
account
- aloud
- auspice
- bail
- bass
- bass guitar
- below
- beneath
- body
- bottom
- clampdown
- complaint
- conceal
- condition
- content
- control
- cover
- cuff
- custody
- depressed
- distraught
- down
- drunk driving
- DUI
- escrow
- feel
- floodlight
- foresight
- freezing
- ground
- gun
- hand
- honour
- hurtle
- in
- keep down
- lock away
- low
- low-alcohol
- low-budget
- low-calorie
- low-cost
- lower
- Lower Egypt
- lowest
- microscope
- minus
- oath
- observation
- off

* * *

bajo, -a

♦ adj

1. [objeto, cifra] low;
[persona, estatura] short;
es más bajo que su amigo he's shorter than his friend;

el pantano está muy bajo the water (level) in the reservoir is very low;

tengo la tensión baja I have low blood pressure;

tener la moral baja, estar bajo de moral to be in low o poor spirits;

estar en baja forma to be off form;

han mostrado una baja forma alarmante they have shown worryingly poor form, they have been worryingly off form;

los precios más bajos de la ciudad the lowest prices in the city;

tirando o [m5] calculando por lo bajo at least, at the minimum;

de baja calidad poor(-quality);

bajo en calorías low-calorie;

bajo en nicotina low in nicotine (content)

Comp
Elec baja frecuencia low frequency; Arte bajo relieve bas-relief; Informát baja resolución low resolution
2. [cabeza] bowed;
[ojos] downcast;
paseaba con la cabeza baja she was walking with her head down

3. [poco audible] low;
[sonido] soft, faint;
en voz baja softly, in a low voice;

pon la música más baja, por favor turn the music down, please;

por lo bajo [en voz baja] in an undertone;
[en secreto] secretly;
reírse por lo bajo to snicker, to snigger

4. [grave] deep

5. Geog lower;

el bajo Amazonas the lower Amazon

6. Hist lower;

la baja Edad Media the late Middle Ages

7. [pobre] lower-class

Comp
los bajos fondos the underworld
8. [vil] base

9. [soez] coarse, vulgar;

se dejó llevar por bajas pasiones he allowed his baser instincts to get the better of him

10. [metal] base

11. Perú baja policía street cleaners

♦ nm

1. [dobladillo] hem;

meter el bajo de una falda to take up a skirt

2. [planta baja] [piso] Br ground floor flat, US first floor apartment;
[local] Br premises on the ground floor, US premises on the first floor;
los bajos Br the ground floor, US the first floor

3. Mús [instrumento, cantante] bass;
[instrumentista] bassist
4. Mús [sonido] bass

5. Aut
bajos [de vehículo] underside

6. [hondonada] hollow

7. [banco de arena] shoal, sandbank

♦ adv

1. [hablar] quietly, softly;

ella habla más bajo que él she speaks more softly than he does;

¡habla más bajo, vas a despertar al bebé! keep your voice down or you'll wake the baby up!

2. [caer] low;
Fig
¡qué bajo has caído! how low you have sunk!

3. [volar] low

♦ prep

1. [debajo de] under;

bajo su apariencia pacífica se escondía un ser agresivo beneath his calm exterior there lay an aggressive nature;

bajo cero below zero;
Fig
bajo cuerda o [m5] mano secretly, in an underhand manner;

le pagó bajo mano para conseguir lo que quería he paid her secretly to get what he wanted;

bajo este ángulo from this angle;

bajo la lluvia in the rain;

bajo techo under cover;

dormir bajo techo to sleep with a roof over one's head o indoors

2. [sometido a]
bajo coacción under duress;

bajo control under control;

bajo el régimen de Franco under Franco's regime;

fue encarcelado bajo la acusación de… he was jailed on charges of…;
Der
bajo fianza on bail;

bajo mando de under the command of;

prohibido aparcar bajo multa de 100 euros no parking – penalty 100 euros;

bajo observación under observation;

bajo palabra on one's word;

el trato se hizo bajo palabra it was a purely verbal o a gentleman's agreement;

bajo pena de muerte on pain of death;

bajo tratamiento médico receiving medical treatment;

bajo la tutela de in the care of

* * *

bajo

I adj

1 low;

bajo en sal low in salt

2 persona short

II m

1 MÚS bass

2 piso first floor, Br

ground floor; de edificio first floor apartment, Br

ground floor flat

3 de vestido, pantalón hem

4

:

por lo bajo at least

III adv

1 cantar, hablar quietly, softly

2 volar low

IV prp under;

tres grados bajo cero three degrees below zero;

bajo juramento o

palabra on o under oath

* * *

bajo adv

1) : down, low

2) : softly, quietly

habla más bajo: speak more softly

bajo, -ja adj

1) : low

2) : short (of stature)

3) : soft, faint, deep (of sounds)

4) : lower

el bajo Amazonas: the lower Amazon

5) : lowered

con la mirada baja: with lowered eyes

6) : base, vile

7)

los bajos fondos : the underworld

bajo nm

1) : bass (musical instrument)

2) : first floor, ground floor

3) : hemline

bajo prep

: under, beneath, below

* * *

bajo¹ adj

1. (persona) short

un hombre bajo a short man

2. (muro, mueble, voz) low

un techo bajo a low ceiling

habla en voz baja she speaks in a low voice / she speaks quietly

3. (nivel, precio, número) low

un motor de bajo consumo an engine with low petrol consumption

todo está a bajo precio everything is cheap

bajo² adv

1. (con poca altura) low

ese avión vuela muy bajo that plane is flying very low

2. (con voz suave) quietly

procura hablar más bajo try and speak more quietly

bajo³ n

1. (planta baja) ground floor

tiene el despacho en el bajo his office is on the ground floor

2. (de una prenda) hem

tenía deshilachados los bajos de los pantalones the hems of his trousers were frayed

3. (instrumento, voz) bass

¿quién toca el bajo? who plays the bass?

4. (músico) bass player

bajo⁴ prep under

los submarinos navegan bajo la superficie del mar submarines sail under the surface of the sea

bajo la lluvia in the rain

Spanish-English dictionary > bajo

Страницы

См. также в других словарях:

Command & Conquer: Red Alert 3 — Red Alert 3 cover art Developer(s) EA Los Angeles Publisher(s) Elect … Wikipedia
Command & Conquer 3: Kane's Wrath — Developer(s) EA Los Angeles BreakAway Games[1] Publisher(s) … Wikipedia
Command & Conquer: Yuri's Revenge — Developer(s) Westwood Pacific Publisher(s) EA Games Series … Wikipedia
Come Dancing (The Goodies) — Come Dancing The Goodies episode Episode no. Series 2 Episode 15 (of 76) Directed by Jim Franklin … Wikipedia
Command key — The Command key The Command key, also historically known as the Apple key, open Apple key or meta key is a modifier key present on Apple Keyboards. The Command key s purpose is to allow the user to enter keyboard shortcut commands to GUI… … Wikipedia
Command & Conquer: Red Alert 2 — RA2 redirects here. For Robot Arena 2, see Robot Arena 2: Design and Destroy. Command Conquer: Red Alert 2 On the cover hollywood actor Igor Jijikine Developer(s) Westwood Pacific … Wikipedia
Tactical Air Command — emblem Active 1946–1992 Country … Wikipedia
Land Command — (or HQ Land ) is a military command and part of the structure of the modern British Army.It assumed control of virtually all Army combat and combat support troops on 1 April 1995. Three major exceptions were Cyprus, the Falklands, and Northern… … Wikipedia
Northern Combat Area Command — The Northern Combat Area Command or NCAC was a mainly Sino American formation that held the northern end of the Allied front in Burma during World War II. For much of its existence it was commanded by the acerbic General Joseph Vinegar Joe… … Wikipedia
Joint Helicopter Command — (JHC) is a tri service organisation uniting military helicopters of the British Armed Forces for command and coordination purposes. Joint Helicopter Command is subordinate to British Army Land Command, which is based in Wilton,… … Wikipedia
Commander, Navy Installations Command (United States) — Commander, Navy Installations Command (CNIC) is the authority responsible for shore installation management under the United States Navy; it is responsible to the Chief of Naval Operations. CNIC was established on October 1, 2003. Many different… … Wikipedia

Словари и энциклопедии на Академике

Перевод: со всех языков на все языки

come under command

См. также в других словарях:

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Словари и энциклопедии на Академике

Перевод: со всех языков на все языки

come under command

См. также в других словарях:

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка: